SPI
This commit is contained in:
parent
61bd8c7632
commit
f02188bf2d
58 changed files with 32913 additions and 12617 deletions
595
Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal.c
Normal file
595
Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal.c
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,595 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f1xx_hal.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @brief HAL module driver.
|
||||
* This is the common part of the HAL initialization
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### How to use this driver #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
The common HAL driver contains a set of generic and common APIs that can be
|
||||
used by the PPP peripheral drivers and the user to start using the HAL.
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
The HAL contains two APIs' categories:
|
||||
(+) Common HAL APIs
|
||||
(+) Services HAL APIs
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup HAL HAL
|
||||
* @brief HAL module driver.
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup HAL_Private_Constants HAL Private Constants
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief STM32F1xx HAL Driver version number V1.1.2
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION_MAIN (0x01U) /*!< [31:24] main version */
|
||||
#define __STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB1 (0x01U) /*!< [23:16] sub1 version */
|
||||
#define __STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB2 (0x02U) /*!< [15:8] sub2 version */
|
||||
#define __STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION_RC (0x00U) /*!< [7:0] release candidate */
|
||||
#define __STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION ((__STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION_MAIN << 24)\
|
||||
|(__STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB1 << 16)\
|
||||
|(__STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB2 << 8 )\
|
||||
|(__STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION_RC))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IDCODE_DEVID_MASK 0x00000FFFU
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup HAL_Private_Variables HAL Private Variables
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__IO uint32_t uwTick;
|
||||
uint32_t uwTickPrio = (1UL << __NVIC_PRIO_BITS); /* Invalid PRIO */
|
||||
HAL_TickFreqTypeDef uwTickFreq = HAL_TICK_FREQ_DEFAULT; /* 1KHz */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions HAL Exported Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization Functions
|
||||
* @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
|
||||
(+) Initializes the Flash interface, the NVIC allocation and initial clock
|
||||
configuration. It initializes the systick also when timeout is needed
|
||||
and the backup domain when enabled.
|
||||
(+) de-Initializes common part of the HAL.
|
||||
(+) Configure The time base source to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
|
||||
Tick interrupt priority.
|
||||
(++) SysTick timer is used by default as source of time base, but user
|
||||
can eventually implement his proper time base source (a general purpose
|
||||
timer for example or other time source), keeping in mind that Time base
|
||||
duration should be kept 1ms since PPP_TIMEOUT_VALUEs are defined and
|
||||
handled in milliseconds basis.
|
||||
(++) Time base configuration function (HAL_InitTick ()) is called automatically
|
||||
at the beginning of the program after reset by HAL_Init() or at any time
|
||||
when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
|
||||
(++) Source of time base is configured to generate interrupts at regular
|
||||
time intervals. Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a
|
||||
peripheral ISR process, the Tick interrupt line must have higher priority
|
||||
(numerically lower) than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller
|
||||
ISR process will be blocked.
|
||||
(++) functions affecting time base configurations are declared as __weak
|
||||
to make override possible in case of other implementations in user file.
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function is used to initialize the HAL Library; it must be the first
|
||||
* instruction to be executed in the main program (before to call any other
|
||||
* HAL function), it performs the following:
|
||||
* Configure the Flash prefetch.
|
||||
* Configures the SysTick to generate an interrupt each 1 millisecond,
|
||||
* which is clocked by the HSI (at this stage, the clock is not yet
|
||||
* configured and thus the system is running from the internal HSI at 16 MHz).
|
||||
* Set NVIC Group Priority to 4.
|
||||
* Calls the HAL_MspInit() callback function defined in user file
|
||||
* "stm32f1xx_hal_msp.c" to do the global low level hardware initialization
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note SysTick is used as time base for the HAL_Delay() function, the application
|
||||
* need to ensure that the SysTick time base is always set to 1 millisecond
|
||||
* to have correct HAL operation.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_Init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Configure Flash prefetch */
|
||||
#if (PREFETCH_ENABLE != 0)
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F101x6) || defined(STM32F101xB) || defined(STM32F101xE) || defined(STM32F101xG) || \
|
||||
defined(STM32F102x6) || defined(STM32F102xB) || \
|
||||
defined(STM32F103x6) || defined(STM32F103xB) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG) || \
|
||||
defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Prefetch buffer is not available on value line devices */
|
||||
__HAL_FLASH_PREFETCH_BUFFER_ENABLE();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif /* PREFETCH_ENABLE */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set Interrupt Group Priority */
|
||||
HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Use systick as time base source and configure 1ms tick (default clock after Reset is HSI) */
|
||||
HAL_InitTick(TICK_INT_PRIORITY);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Init the low level hardware */
|
||||
HAL_MspInit();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function de-Initializes common part of the HAL and stops the systick.
|
||||
* of time base.
|
||||
* @note This function is optional.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DeInit(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Reset of all peripherals */
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_APB1_FORCE_RESET();
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_APB1_RELEASE_RESET();
|
||||
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_APB2_FORCE_RESET();
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_APB2_RELEASE_RESET();
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC)
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_AHB_FORCE_RESET();
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_AHB_RELEASE_RESET();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* De-Init the low level hardware */
|
||||
HAL_MspDeInit();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initialize the MSP.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_MspInit(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief DeInitializes the MSP.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_MspDeInit(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function configures the source of the time base.
|
||||
* The time source is configured to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
|
||||
* Tick interrupt priority.
|
||||
* @note This function is called automatically at the beginning of program after
|
||||
* reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is reconfigured by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
|
||||
* @note In the default implementation, SysTick timer is the source of time base.
|
||||
* It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals.
|
||||
* Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a peripheral ISR process,
|
||||
* The SysTick interrupt must have higher priority (numerically lower)
|
||||
* than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller ISR process will be blocked.
|
||||
* The function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
|
||||
* implementation in user file.
|
||||
* @param TickPriority Tick interrupt priority.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick(uint32_t TickPriority)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Configure the SysTick to have interrupt in 1ms time basis*/
|
||||
if (HAL_SYSTICK_Config(SystemCoreClock / (1000U / uwTickFreq)) > 0U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure the SysTick IRQ priority */
|
||||
if (TickPriority < (1UL << __NVIC_PRIO_BITS))
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn, TickPriority, 0U);
|
||||
uwTickPrio = TickPriority;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group2 HAL Control functions
|
||||
* @brief HAL Control functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### HAL Control functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
|
||||
(+) Provide a tick value in millisecond
|
||||
(+) Provide a blocking delay in millisecond
|
||||
(+) Suspend the time base source interrupt
|
||||
(+) Resume the time base source interrupt
|
||||
(+) Get the HAL API driver version
|
||||
(+) Get the device identifier
|
||||
(+) Get the device revision identifier
|
||||
(+) Enable/Disable Debug module during SLEEP mode
|
||||
(+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STOP mode
|
||||
(+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STANDBY mode
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function is called to increment a global variable "uwTick"
|
||||
* used as application time base.
|
||||
* @note In the default implementation, this variable is incremented each 1ms
|
||||
* in SysTick ISR.
|
||||
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
|
||||
* implementations in user file.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_IncTick(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uwTick += uwTickFreq;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Provides a tick value in millisecond.
|
||||
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
|
||||
* implementations in user file.
|
||||
* @retval tick value
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak uint32_t HAL_GetTick(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return uwTick;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function returns a tick priority.
|
||||
* @retval tick priority
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_GetTickPrio(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return uwTickPrio;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set new tick Freq.
|
||||
* @retval Status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SetTickFreq(HAL_TickFreqTypeDef Freq)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
|
||||
assert_param(IS_TICKFREQ(Freq));
|
||||
|
||||
if (uwTickFreq != Freq)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uwTickFreq = Freq;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Apply the new tick Freq */
|
||||
status = HAL_InitTick(uwTickPrio);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Return tick frequency.
|
||||
* @retval tick period in Hz
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_TickFreqTypeDef HAL_GetTickFreq(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return uwTickFreq;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function provides minimum delay (in milliseconds) based
|
||||
* on variable incremented.
|
||||
* @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base.
|
||||
* It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals where uwTick
|
||||
* is incremented.
|
||||
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
|
||||
* implementations in user file.
|
||||
* @param Delay specifies the delay time length, in milliseconds.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_Delay(uint32_t Delay)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
|
||||
uint32_t wait = Delay;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Add a freq to guarantee minimum wait */
|
||||
if (wait < HAL_MAX_DELAY)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wait += (uint32_t)(uwTickFreq);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
while ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) < wait)
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Suspend Tick increment.
|
||||
* @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is
|
||||
* used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_SuspendTick()
|
||||
* is called, the SysTick interrupt will be disabled and so Tick increment
|
||||
* is suspended.
|
||||
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
|
||||
* implementations in user file.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_SuspendTick(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Disable SysTick Interrupt */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(SysTick->CTRL, SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Resume Tick increment.
|
||||
* @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is
|
||||
* used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_ResumeTick()
|
||||
* is called, the SysTick interrupt will be enabled and so Tick increment
|
||||
* is resumed.
|
||||
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
|
||||
* implementations in user file.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_ResumeTick(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Enable SysTick Interrupt */
|
||||
SET_BIT(SysTick->CTRL, SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Returns the HAL revision
|
||||
* @retval version 0xXYZR (8bits for each decimal, R for RC)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_GetHalVersion(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return __STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Returns the device revision identifier.
|
||||
* Note: On devices STM32F10xx8 and STM32F10xxB,
|
||||
* STM32F101xC/D/E and STM32F103xC/D/E,
|
||||
* STM32F101xF/G and STM32F103xF/G
|
||||
* STM32F10xx4 and STM32F10xx6
|
||||
* Debug registers DBGMCU_IDCODE and DBGMCU_CR are accessible only in
|
||||
* debug mode (not accessible by the user software in normal mode).
|
||||
* Refer to errata sheet of these devices for more details.
|
||||
* @retval Device revision identifier
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_GetREVID(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((DBGMCU->IDCODE) >> DBGMCU_IDCODE_REV_ID_Pos);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Returns the device identifier.
|
||||
* Note: On devices STM32F10xx8 and STM32F10xxB,
|
||||
* STM32F101xC/D/E and STM32F103xC/D/E,
|
||||
* STM32F101xF/G and STM32F103xF/G
|
||||
* STM32F10xx4 and STM32F10xx6
|
||||
* Debug registers DBGMCU_IDCODE and DBGMCU_CR are accessible only in
|
||||
* debug mode (not accessible by the user software in normal mode).
|
||||
* Refer to errata sheet of these devices for more details.
|
||||
* @retval Device identifier
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_GetDEVID(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((DBGMCU->IDCODE) & IDCODE_DEVID_MASK);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enable the Debug Module during SLEEP mode
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGSleepMode(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_SLEEP);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disable the Debug Module during SLEEP mode
|
||||
* Note: On devices STM32F10xx8 and STM32F10xxB,
|
||||
* STM32F101xC/D/E and STM32F103xC/D/E,
|
||||
* STM32F101xF/G and STM32F103xF/G
|
||||
* STM32F10xx4 and STM32F10xx6
|
||||
* Debug registers DBGMCU_IDCODE and DBGMCU_CR are accessible only in
|
||||
* debug mode (not accessible by the user software in normal mode).
|
||||
* Refer to errata sheet of these devices for more details.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGSleepMode(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_SLEEP);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enable the Debug Module during STOP mode
|
||||
* Note: On devices STM32F10xx8 and STM32F10xxB,
|
||||
* STM32F101xC/D/E and STM32F103xC/D/E,
|
||||
* STM32F101xF/G and STM32F103xF/G
|
||||
* STM32F10xx4 and STM32F10xx6
|
||||
* Debug registers DBGMCU_IDCODE and DBGMCU_CR are accessible only in
|
||||
* debug mode (not accessible by the user software in normal mode).
|
||||
* Refer to errata sheet of these devices for more details.
|
||||
* Note: On all STM32F1 devices:
|
||||
* If the system tick timer interrupt is enabled during the Stop mode
|
||||
* debug (DBG_STOP bit set in the DBGMCU_CR register ), it will wakeup
|
||||
* the system from Stop mode.
|
||||
* Workaround: To debug the Stop mode, disable the system tick timer
|
||||
* interrupt.
|
||||
* Refer to errata sheet of these devices for more details.
|
||||
* Note: On all STM32F1 devices:
|
||||
* If the system tick timer interrupt is enabled during the Stop mode
|
||||
* debug (DBG_STOP bit set in the DBGMCU_CR register ), it will wakeup
|
||||
* the system from Stop mode.
|
||||
* Workaround: To debug the Stop mode, disable the system tick timer
|
||||
* interrupt.
|
||||
* Refer to errata sheet of these devices for more details.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStopMode(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOP);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disable the Debug Module during STOP mode
|
||||
* Note: On devices STM32F10xx8 and STM32F10xxB,
|
||||
* STM32F101xC/D/E and STM32F103xC/D/E,
|
||||
* STM32F101xF/G and STM32F103xF/G
|
||||
* STM32F10xx4 and STM32F10xx6
|
||||
* Debug registers DBGMCU_IDCODE and DBGMCU_CR are accessible only in
|
||||
* debug mode (not accessible by the user software in normal mode).
|
||||
* Refer to errata sheet of these devices for more details.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStopMode(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOP);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode
|
||||
* Note: On devices STM32F10xx8 and STM32F10xxB,
|
||||
* STM32F101xC/D/E and STM32F103xC/D/E,
|
||||
* STM32F101xF/G and STM32F103xF/G
|
||||
* STM32F10xx4 and STM32F10xx6
|
||||
* Debug registers DBGMCU_IDCODE and DBGMCU_CR are accessible only in
|
||||
* debug mode (not accessible by the user software in normal mode).
|
||||
* Refer to errata sheet of these devices for more details.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStandbyMode(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBY);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode
|
||||
* Note: On devices STM32F10xx8 and STM32F10xxB,
|
||||
* STM32F101xC/D/E and STM32F103xC/D/E,
|
||||
* STM32F101xF/G and STM32F103xF/G
|
||||
* STM32F10xx4 and STM32F10xx6
|
||||
* Debug registers DBGMCU_IDCODE and DBGMCU_CR are accessible only in
|
||||
* debug mode (not accessible by the user software in normal mode).
|
||||
* Refer to errata sheet of these devices for more details.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStandbyMode(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBY);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Return the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits)
|
||||
* @param UID pointer to 3 words array.
|
||||
* @retval Device identifier
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_GetUID(uint32_t *UID)
|
||||
{
|
||||
UID[0] = (uint32_t)(READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)UID_BASE)));
|
||||
UID[1] = (uint32_t)(READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)(UID_BASE + 4U))));
|
||||
UID[2] = (uint32_t)(READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)(UID_BASE + 8U))));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
521
Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_cortex.c
Normal file
521
Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_cortex.c
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,521 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f1xx_hal_cortex.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @brief CORTEX HAL module driver.
|
||||
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
|
||||
* functionalities of the CORTEX:
|
||||
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
|
||||
* + Peripheral Control functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### How to use this driver #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
*** How to configure Interrupts using CORTEX HAL driver ***
|
||||
===========================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This section provides functions allowing to configure the NVIC interrupts (IRQ).
|
||||
The Cortex-M3 exceptions are managed by CMSIS functions.
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Configure the NVIC Priority Grouping using HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping()
|
||||
function according to the following table.
|
||||
(#) Configure the priority of the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority().
|
||||
(#) Enable the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
|
||||
(#) please refer to programming manual for details in how to configure priority.
|
||||
|
||||
-@- When the NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0 is selected, IRQ preemption is no more possible.
|
||||
The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the sub priority.
|
||||
|
||||
-@- IRQ priority order (sorted by highest to lowest priority):
|
||||
(+@) Lowest preemption priority
|
||||
(+@) Lowest sub priority
|
||||
(+@) Lowest hardware priority (IRQ number)
|
||||
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
*** How to configure Systick using CORTEX HAL driver ***
|
||||
========================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
Setup SysTick Timer for time base.
|
||||
|
||||
(+) The HAL_SYSTICK_Config()function calls the SysTick_Config() function which
|
||||
is a CMSIS function that:
|
||||
(++) Configures the SysTick Reload register with value passed as function parameter.
|
||||
(++) Configures the SysTick IRQ priority to the lowest value 0x0F.
|
||||
(++) Resets the SysTick Counter register.
|
||||
(++) Configures the SysTick Counter clock source to be Core Clock Source (HCLK).
|
||||
(++) Enables the SysTick Interrupt.
|
||||
(++) Starts the SysTick Counter.
|
||||
|
||||
(+) You can change the SysTick Clock source to be HCLK_Div8 by calling the macro
|
||||
__HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG(SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8) just after the
|
||||
HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function call. The __HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG() macro is defined
|
||||
inside the stm32f1xx_hal_cortex.h file.
|
||||
|
||||
(+) You can change the SysTick IRQ priority by calling the
|
||||
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn,...) function just after the HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function
|
||||
call. The HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() call the NVIC_SetPriority() function which is a CMSIS function.
|
||||
|
||||
(+) To adjust the SysTick time base, use the following formula:
|
||||
|
||||
Reload Value = SysTick Counter Clock (Hz) x Desired Time base (s)
|
||||
(++) Reload Value is the parameter to be passed for HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function
|
||||
(++) Reload Value should not exceed 0xFFFFFF
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup CORTEX CORTEX
|
||||
* @brief CORTEX HAL module driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions CORTEX Exported Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
|
||||
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This section provides the CORTEX HAL driver functions allowing to configure Interrupts
|
||||
Systick functionalities
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Sets the priority grouping field (preemption priority and subpriority)
|
||||
* using the required unlock sequence.
|
||||
* @param PriorityGroup: The priority grouping bits length.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0: 0 bits for preemption priority
|
||||
* 4 bits for subpriority
|
||||
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1: 1 bits for preemption priority
|
||||
* 3 bits for subpriority
|
||||
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2: 2 bits for preemption priority
|
||||
* 2 bits for subpriority
|
||||
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3: 3 bits for preemption priority
|
||||
* 1 bits for subpriority
|
||||
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4: 4 bits for preemption priority
|
||||
* 0 bits for subpriority
|
||||
* @note When the NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 is selected, IRQ preemption is no more possible.
|
||||
* The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the subpriority.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(uint32_t PriorityGroup)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(PriorityGroup));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the PRIGROUP[10:8] bits according to the PriorityGroup parameter value */
|
||||
NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(PriorityGroup);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Sets the priority of an interrupt.
|
||||
* @param IRQn: External interrupt number.
|
||||
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
|
||||
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f10xx.h))
|
||||
* @param PreemptPriority: The preemption priority for the IRQn channel.
|
||||
* This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15
|
||||
* A lower priority value indicates a higher priority
|
||||
* @param SubPriority: the subpriority level for the IRQ channel.
|
||||
* This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15
|
||||
* A lower priority value indicates a higher priority.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PreemptPriority, uint32_t SubPriority)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t prioritygroup = 0x00U;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_NVIC_SUB_PRIORITY(SubPriority));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(PreemptPriority));
|
||||
|
||||
prioritygroup = NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping();
|
||||
|
||||
NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn, NVIC_EncodePriority(prioritygroup, PreemptPriority, SubPriority));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
|
||||
* @note To configure interrupts priority correctly, the NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig()
|
||||
* function should be called before.
|
||||
* @param IRQn External interrupt number.
|
||||
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
|
||||
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f10xxx.h))
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable interrupt */
|
||||
NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
|
||||
* @param IRQn External interrupt number.
|
||||
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
|
||||
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f10xxx.h))
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable interrupt */
|
||||
NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initiates a system reset request to reset the MCU.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_NVIC_SystemReset(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* System Reset */
|
||||
NVIC_SystemReset();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initializes the System Timer and its interrupt, and starts the System Tick Timer.
|
||||
* Counter is in free running mode to generate periodic interrupts.
|
||||
* @param TicksNumb: Specifies the ticks Number of ticks between two interrupts.
|
||||
* @retval status: - 0 Function succeeded.
|
||||
* - 1 Function failed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_SYSTICK_Config(uint32_t TicksNumb)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return SysTick_Config(TicksNumb);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
|
||||
* @brief Cortex control functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the CORTEX
|
||||
(NVIC, SYSTICK, MPU) functionalities.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1U)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disables the MPU
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_MPU_Disable(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Make sure outstanding transfers are done */
|
||||
__DMB();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable fault exceptions */
|
||||
SCB->SHCSR &= ~SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTENA_Msk;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the MPU and clear the control register*/
|
||||
MPU->CTRL = 0U;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enable the MPU.
|
||||
* @param MPU_Control: Specifies the control mode of the MPU during hard fault,
|
||||
* NMI, FAULTMASK and privileged access to the default memory
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF_NONE
|
||||
* @arg MPU_HARDFAULT_NMI
|
||||
* @arg MPU_PRIVILEGED_DEFAULT
|
||||
* @arg MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_MPU_Enable(uint32_t MPU_Control)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Enable the MPU */
|
||||
MPU->CTRL = MPU_Control | MPU_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable fault exceptions */
|
||||
SCB->SHCSR |= SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTENA_Msk;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Ensure MPU setting take effects */
|
||||
__DSB();
|
||||
__ISB();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initializes and configures the Region and the memory to be protected.
|
||||
* @param MPU_Init: Pointer to a MPU_Region_InitTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the initialization and configuration information.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_MPU_ConfigRegion(MPU_Region_InitTypeDef *MPU_Init)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_NUMBER(MPU_Init->Number));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_ENABLE(MPU_Init->Enable));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the Region number */
|
||||
MPU->RNR = MPU_Init->Number;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((MPU_Init->Enable) != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS(MPU_Init->DisableExec));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_PERMISSION_ATTRIBUTE(MPU_Init->AccessPermission));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_MPU_TEX_LEVEL(MPU_Init->TypeExtField));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_SHAREABLE(MPU_Init->IsShareable));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_CACHEABLE(MPU_Init->IsCacheable));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_BUFFERABLE(MPU_Init->IsBufferable));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_MPU_SUB_REGION_DISABLE(MPU_Init->SubRegionDisable));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_SIZE(MPU_Init->Size));
|
||||
|
||||
MPU->RBAR = MPU_Init->BaseAddress;
|
||||
MPU->RASR = ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->DisableExec << MPU_RASR_XN_Pos) |
|
||||
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->AccessPermission << MPU_RASR_AP_Pos) |
|
||||
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->TypeExtField << MPU_RASR_TEX_Pos) |
|
||||
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsShareable << MPU_RASR_S_Pos) |
|
||||
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsCacheable << MPU_RASR_C_Pos) |
|
||||
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsBufferable << MPU_RASR_B_Pos) |
|
||||
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->SubRegionDisable << MPU_RASR_SRD_Pos) |
|
||||
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->Size << MPU_RASR_SIZE_Pos) |
|
||||
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->Enable << MPU_RASR_ENABLE_Pos);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
MPU->RBAR = 0x00U;
|
||||
MPU->RASR = 0x00U;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* __MPU_PRESENT */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Gets the priority grouping field from the NVIC Interrupt Controller.
|
||||
* @retval Priority grouping field (SCB->AIRCR [10:8] PRIGROUP field)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Get the PRIGROUP[10:8] field value */
|
||||
return NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Gets the priority of an interrupt.
|
||||
* @param IRQn: External interrupt number.
|
||||
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
|
||||
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f10xxx.h))
|
||||
* @param PriorityGroup: the priority grouping bits length.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0: 0 bits for preemption priority
|
||||
* 4 bits for subpriority
|
||||
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1: 1 bits for preemption priority
|
||||
* 3 bits for subpriority
|
||||
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2: 2 bits for preemption priority
|
||||
* 2 bits for subpriority
|
||||
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3: 3 bits for preemption priority
|
||||
* 1 bits for subpriority
|
||||
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4: 4 bits for preemption priority
|
||||
* 0 bits for subpriority
|
||||
* @param pPreemptPriority: Pointer on the Preemptive priority value (starting from 0).
|
||||
* @param pSubPriority: Pointer on the Subpriority value (starting from 0).
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PriorityGroup, uint32_t *pPreemptPriority, uint32_t *pSubPriority)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(PriorityGroup));
|
||||
/* Get priority for Cortex-M system or device specific interrupts */
|
||||
NVIC_DecodePriority(NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn), PriorityGroup, pPreemptPriority, pSubPriority);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Sets Pending bit of an external interrupt.
|
||||
* @param IRQn External interrupt number
|
||||
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
|
||||
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f10xxx.h))
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set interrupt pending */
|
||||
NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Gets Pending Interrupt (reads the pending register in the NVIC
|
||||
* and returns the pending bit for the specified interrupt).
|
||||
* @param IRQn External interrupt number.
|
||||
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
|
||||
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f10xxx.h))
|
||||
* @retval status: - 0 Interrupt status is not pending.
|
||||
* - 1 Interrupt status is pending.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return 1 if pending else 0 */
|
||||
return NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Clears the pending bit of an external interrupt.
|
||||
* @param IRQn External interrupt number.
|
||||
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
|
||||
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f10xxx.h))
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear pending interrupt */
|
||||
NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Gets active interrupt ( reads the active register in NVIC and returns the active bit).
|
||||
* @param IRQn External interrupt number
|
||||
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
|
||||
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f10xxx.h))
|
||||
* @retval status: - 0 Interrupt status is not pending.
|
||||
* - 1 Interrupt status is pending.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetActive(IRQn_Type IRQn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return 1 if active else 0 */
|
||||
return NVIC_GetActive(IRQn);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Configures the SysTick clock source.
|
||||
* @param CLKSource: specifies the SysTick clock source.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8: AHB clock divided by 8 selected as SysTick clock source.
|
||||
* @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK: AHB clock selected as SysTick clock source.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t CLKSource)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(CLKSource));
|
||||
if (CLKSource == SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SysTick->CTRL |= SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
SysTick->CTRL &= ~SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function handles SYSTICK interrupt request.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_SYSTICK_Callback();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief SYSTICK callback.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_SYSTICK_Callback(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_SYSTICK_Callback could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
903
Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_dma.c
Normal file
903
Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_dma.c
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,903 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f1xx_hal_dma.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @brief DMA HAL module driver.
|
||||
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
|
||||
* functionalities of the Direct Memory Access (DMA) peripheral:
|
||||
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
|
||||
* + IO operation functions
|
||||
* + Peripheral State and errors functions
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### How to use this driver #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
(#) Enable and configure the peripheral to be connected to the DMA Channel
|
||||
(except for internal SRAM / FLASH memories: no initialization is
|
||||
necessary). Please refer to the Reference manual for connection between peripherals
|
||||
and DMA requests.
|
||||
|
||||
(#) For a given Channel, program the required configuration through the following parameters:
|
||||
Channel request, Transfer Direction, Source and Destination data formats,
|
||||
Circular or Normal mode, Channel Priority level, Source and Destination Increment mode
|
||||
using HAL_DMA_Init() function.
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Use HAL_DMA_GetState() function to return the DMA state and HAL_DMA_GetError() in case of error
|
||||
detection.
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Use HAL_DMA_Abort() function to abort the current transfer
|
||||
|
||||
-@- In Memory-to-Memory transfer mode, Circular mode is not allowed.
|
||||
*** Polling mode IO operation ***
|
||||
=================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
(+) Use HAL_DMA_Start() to start DMA transfer after the configuration of Source
|
||||
address and destination address and the Length of data to be transferred
|
||||
(+) Use HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer() to poll for the end of current transfer, in this
|
||||
case a fixed Timeout can be configured by User depending from his application.
|
||||
|
||||
*** Interrupt mode IO operation ***
|
||||
===================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
(+) Configure the DMA interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
|
||||
(+) Enable the DMA IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
|
||||
(+) Use HAL_DMA_Start_IT() to start DMA transfer after the configuration of
|
||||
Source address and destination address and the Length of data to be transferred.
|
||||
In this case the DMA interrupt is configured
|
||||
(+) Use HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() called under DMA_IRQHandler() Interrupt subroutine
|
||||
(+) At the end of data transfer HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() function is executed and user can
|
||||
add his own function by customization of function pointer XferCpltCallback and
|
||||
XferErrorCallback (i.e. a member of DMA handle structure).
|
||||
|
||||
*** DMA HAL driver macros list ***
|
||||
=============================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
Below the list of most used macros in DMA HAL driver.
|
||||
|
||||
(+) __HAL_DMA_ENABLE: Enable the specified DMA Channel.
|
||||
(+) __HAL_DMA_DISABLE: Disable the specified DMA Channel.
|
||||
(+) __HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG: Get the DMA Channel pending flags.
|
||||
(+) __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the DMA Channel pending flags.
|
||||
(+) __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified DMA Channel interrupts.
|
||||
(+) __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified DMA Channel interrupts.
|
||||
(+) __HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether the specified DMA Channel interrupt has occurred or not.
|
||||
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
(@) You can refer to the DMA HAL driver header file for more useful macros
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DMA DMA
|
||||
* @brief DMA HAL module driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @defgroup DMA_Private_Functions DMA Private Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void DMA_SetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions DMA Exported Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
|
||||
* @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This section provides functions allowing to initialize the DMA Channel source
|
||||
and destination addresses, incrementation and data sizes, transfer direction,
|
||||
circular/normal mode selection, memory-to-memory mode selection and Channel priority value.
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
The HAL_DMA_Init() function follows the DMA configuration procedures as described in
|
||||
reference manual.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initialize the DMA according to the specified
|
||||
* parameters in the DMA_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle.
|
||||
* @param hdma: Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Init(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tmp = 0U;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the DMA handle allocation */
|
||||
if(hdma == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DMA_DIRECTION(hdma->Init.Direction));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_INC_STATE(hdma->Init.PeriphInc));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_INC_STATE(hdma->Init.MemInc));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_DATA_SIZE(hdma->Init.PeriphDataAlignment));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_DATA_SIZE(hdma->Init.MemDataAlignment));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DMA_MODE(hdma->Init.Mode));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DMA_PRIORITY(hdma->Init.Priority));
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined (STM32F101xE) || defined (STM32F101xG) || defined (STM32F103xE) || defined (STM32F103xG) || defined (STM32F100xE) || defined (STM32F105xC) || defined (STM32F107xC)
|
||||
/* calculation of the channel index */
|
||||
if ((uint32_t)(hdma->Instance) < (uint32_t)(DMA2_Channel1))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* DMA1 */
|
||||
hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1)) << 2;
|
||||
hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* DMA2 */
|
||||
hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA2_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA2_Channel1)) << 2;
|
||||
hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/* DMA1 */
|
||||
hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1)) << 2;
|
||||
hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA1;
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F101xE || STM32F101xG || STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG || STM32F100xE || STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change DMA peripheral state */
|
||||
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get the CR register value */
|
||||
tmp = hdma->Instance->CCR;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear PL, MSIZE, PSIZE, MINC, PINC, CIRC and DIR bits */
|
||||
tmp &= ((uint32_t)~(DMA_CCR_PL | DMA_CCR_MSIZE | DMA_CCR_PSIZE | \
|
||||
DMA_CCR_MINC | DMA_CCR_PINC | DMA_CCR_CIRC | \
|
||||
DMA_CCR_DIR));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Prepare the DMA Channel configuration */
|
||||
tmp |= hdma->Init.Direction |
|
||||
hdma->Init.PeriphInc | hdma->Init.MemInc |
|
||||
hdma->Init.PeriphDataAlignment | hdma->Init.MemDataAlignment |
|
||||
hdma->Init.Mode | hdma->Init.Priority;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Write to DMA Channel CR register */
|
||||
hdma->Instance->CCR = tmp;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clean callbacks */
|
||||
hdma->XferCpltCallback = NULL;
|
||||
hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
|
||||
hdma->XferErrorCallback = NULL;
|
||||
hdma->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialise the error code */
|
||||
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize the DMA state*/
|
||||
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
|
||||
/* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
|
||||
hdma->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief DeInitialize the DMA peripheral.
|
||||
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_DeInit(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the DMA handle allocation */
|
||||
if(hdma == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the selected DMA Channelx */
|
||||
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset DMA Channel control register */
|
||||
hdma->Instance->CCR = 0U;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset DMA Channel Number of Data to Transfer register */
|
||||
hdma->Instance->CNDTR = 0U;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset DMA Channel peripheral address register */
|
||||
hdma->Instance->CPAR = 0U;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset DMA Channel memory address register */
|
||||
hdma->Instance->CMAR = 0U;
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined (STM32F101xE) || defined (STM32F101xG) || defined (STM32F103xE) || defined (STM32F103xG) || defined (STM32F100xE) || defined (STM32F105xC) || defined (STM32F107xC)
|
||||
/* calculation of the channel index */
|
||||
if ((uint32_t)(hdma->Instance) < (uint32_t)(DMA2_Channel1))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* DMA1 */
|
||||
hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1)) << 2;
|
||||
hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* DMA2 */
|
||||
hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA2_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA2_Channel1)) << 2;
|
||||
hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/* DMA1 */
|
||||
hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1)) << 2;
|
||||
hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA1;
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F101xE || STM32F101xG || STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG || STM32F100xE || STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear all flags */
|
||||
hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_GIF1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize the error code */
|
||||
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize the DMA state */
|
||||
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Release Lock */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions
|
||||
* @brief Input and Output operation functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### IO operation functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
|
||||
(+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and Start DMA transfer
|
||||
(+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and
|
||||
Start DMA transfer with interrupt
|
||||
(+) Abort DMA transfer
|
||||
(+) Poll for transfer complete
|
||||
(+) Handle DMA interrupt request
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Start the DMA Transfer.
|
||||
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
|
||||
* @param SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address
|
||||
* @param DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
|
||||
* @param DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hdma);
|
||||
|
||||
if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Change DMA peripheral state */
|
||||
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the peripheral */
|
||||
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure the source, destination address and the data length & clear flags*/
|
||||
DMA_SetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the Peripheral */
|
||||
__HAL_DMA_ENABLE(hdma);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
|
||||
status = HAL_BUSY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Start the DMA Transfer with interrupt enabled.
|
||||
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
|
||||
* @param SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address
|
||||
* @param DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
|
||||
* @param DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hdma);
|
||||
|
||||
if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Change DMA peripheral state */
|
||||
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the peripheral */
|
||||
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure the source, destination address and the data length & clear flags*/
|
||||
DMA_SetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the transfer complete interrupt */
|
||||
/* Enable the transfer Error interrupt */
|
||||
if(NULL != hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Enable the Half transfer complete interrupt as well */
|
||||
__HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE));
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_HT);
|
||||
__HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_TE));
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Enable the Peripheral */
|
||||
__HAL_DMA_ENABLE(hdma);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Remain BUSY */
|
||||
status = HAL_BUSY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Abort the DMA Transfer.
|
||||
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Abort(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable DMA IT */
|
||||
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the channel */
|
||||
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear all flags */
|
||||
hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_GIF1 << hdma->ChannelIndex);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change the DMA state */
|
||||
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Aborts the DMA Transfer in Interrupt mode.
|
||||
* @param hdma : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
if(HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY != hdma->State)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* no transfer ongoing */
|
||||
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NO_XFER;
|
||||
|
||||
status = HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Disable DMA IT */
|
||||
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the channel */
|
||||
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear all flags */
|
||||
__HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_GI_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change the DMA state */
|
||||
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Call User Abort callback */
|
||||
if(hdma->XferAbortCallback != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
hdma->XferAbortCallback(hdma);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Polling for transfer complete.
|
||||
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
|
||||
* @param CompleteLevel: Specifies the DMA level complete.
|
||||
* @param Timeout: Timeout duration.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t CompleteLevel, uint32_t Timeout)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t temp;
|
||||
uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
|
||||
|
||||
if(HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY != hdma->State)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* no transfer ongoing */
|
||||
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NO_XFER;
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Polling mode not supported in circular mode */
|
||||
if (RESET != (hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC))
|
||||
{
|
||||
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED;
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get the level transfer complete flag */
|
||||
if(CompleteLevel == HAL_DMA_FULL_TRANSFER)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Transfer Complete flag */
|
||||
temp = __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Half Transfer Complete flag */
|
||||
temp = __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get tick */
|
||||
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
|
||||
|
||||
while(__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, temp) == RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if((__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)) != RESET))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* When a DMA transfer error occurs */
|
||||
/* A hardware clear of its EN bits is performed */
|
||||
/* Clear all flags */
|
||||
hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_GIF1 << hdma->ChannelIndex);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update error code */
|
||||
SET_BIT(hdma->ErrorCode, HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change the DMA state */
|
||||
hdma->State= HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Check for the Timeout */
|
||||
if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Update error code */
|
||||
SET_BIT(hdma->ErrorCode, HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change the DMA state */
|
||||
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(CompleteLevel == HAL_DMA_FULL_TRANSFER)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Clear the transfer complete flag */
|
||||
__HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
|
||||
|
||||
/* The selected Channelx EN bit is cleared (DMA is disabled and
|
||||
all transfers are complete) */
|
||||
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Clear the half transfer complete flag */
|
||||
__HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Handles DMA interrupt request.
|
||||
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_DMA_IRQHandler(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t flag_it = hdma->DmaBaseAddress->ISR;
|
||||
uint32_t source_it = hdma->Instance->CCR;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Half Transfer Complete Interrupt management ******************************/
|
||||
if (((flag_it & (DMA_FLAG_HT1 << hdma->ChannelIndex)) != RESET) && ((source_it & DMA_IT_HT) != RESET))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Disable the half transfer interrupt if the DMA mode is not CIRCULAR */
|
||||
if((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) == 0U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Disable the half transfer interrupt */
|
||||
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_HT);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Clear the half transfer complete flag */
|
||||
__HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
|
||||
|
||||
/* DMA peripheral state is not updated in Half Transfer */
|
||||
/* but in Transfer Complete case */
|
||||
|
||||
if(hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Half transfer callback */
|
||||
hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback(hdma);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Transfer Complete Interrupt management ***********************************/
|
||||
else if (((flag_it & (DMA_FLAG_TC1 << hdma->ChannelIndex)) != RESET) && ((source_it & DMA_IT_TC) != RESET))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) == 0U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Disable the transfer complete and error interrupt */
|
||||
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TE | DMA_IT_TC);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change the DMA state */
|
||||
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Clear the transfer complete flag */
|
||||
__HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
|
||||
|
||||
if(hdma->XferCpltCallback != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Transfer complete callback */
|
||||
hdma->XferCpltCallback(hdma);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Transfer Error Interrupt management **************************************/
|
||||
else if (( RESET != (flag_it & (DMA_FLAG_TE1 << hdma->ChannelIndex))) && (RESET != (source_it & DMA_IT_TE)))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* When a DMA transfer error occurs */
|
||||
/* A hardware clear of its EN bits is performed */
|
||||
/* Disable ALL DMA IT */
|
||||
__HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear all flags */
|
||||
hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_GIF1 << hdma->ChannelIndex);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update error code */
|
||||
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change the DMA state */
|
||||
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
|
||||
|
||||
if (hdma->XferErrorCallback != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Transfer error callback */
|
||||
hdma->XferErrorCallback(hdma);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Register callbacks
|
||||
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
|
||||
* @param CallbackID: User Callback identifer
|
||||
* a HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef ENUM as parameter.
|
||||
* @param pCallback: pointer to private callbacsk function which has pointer to
|
||||
* a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure as parameter.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_RegisterCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, void (* pCallback)( DMA_HandleTypeDef * _hdma))
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hdma);
|
||||
|
||||
if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State)
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (CallbackID)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case HAL_DMA_XFER_CPLT_CB_ID:
|
||||
hdma->XferCpltCallback = pCallback;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case HAL_DMA_XFER_HALFCPLT_CB_ID:
|
||||
hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = pCallback;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case HAL_DMA_XFER_ERROR_CB_ID:
|
||||
hdma->XferErrorCallback = pCallback;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case HAL_DMA_XFER_ABORT_CB_ID:
|
||||
hdma->XferAbortCallback = pCallback;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
status = HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Release Lock */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief UnRegister callbacks
|
||||
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
|
||||
* @param CallbackID: User Callback identifer
|
||||
* a HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef ENUM as parameter.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_UnRegisterCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hdma);
|
||||
|
||||
if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State)
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (CallbackID)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case HAL_DMA_XFER_CPLT_CB_ID:
|
||||
hdma->XferCpltCallback = NULL;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case HAL_DMA_XFER_HALFCPLT_CB_ID:
|
||||
hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case HAL_DMA_XFER_ERROR_CB_ID:
|
||||
hdma->XferErrorCallback = NULL;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case HAL_DMA_XFER_ABORT_CB_ID:
|
||||
hdma->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case HAL_DMA_XFER_ALL_CB_ID:
|
||||
hdma->XferCpltCallback = NULL;
|
||||
hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
|
||||
hdma->XferErrorCallback = NULL;
|
||||
hdma->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
status = HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Release Lock */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions
|
||||
* @brief Peripheral State and Errors functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Peripheral State and Errors functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This subsection provides functions allowing to
|
||||
(+) Check the DMA state
|
||||
(+) Get error code
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Return the DMA hande state.
|
||||
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
|
||||
* @retval HAL state
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef HAL_DMA_GetState(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Return DMA handle state */
|
||||
return hdma->State;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Return the DMA error code.
|
||||
* @param hdma : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
|
||||
* @retval DMA Error Code
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_DMA_GetError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return hdma->ErrorCode;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup DMA_Private_Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Sets the DMA Transfer parameter.
|
||||
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
|
||||
* @param SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address
|
||||
* @param DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
|
||||
* @param DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void DMA_SetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Clear all flags */
|
||||
hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_GIF1 << hdma->ChannelIndex);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure DMA Channel data length */
|
||||
hdma->Instance->CNDTR = DataLength;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Memory to Peripheral */
|
||||
if((hdma->Init.Direction) == DMA_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Configure DMA Channel destination address */
|
||||
hdma->Instance->CPAR = DstAddress;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure DMA Channel source address */
|
||||
hdma->Instance->CMAR = SrcAddress;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Peripheral to Memory */
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Configure DMA Channel source address */
|
||||
hdma->Instance->CPAR = SrcAddress;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure DMA Channel destination address */
|
||||
hdma->Instance->CMAR = DstAddress;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
983
Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_flash.c
Normal file
983
Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_flash.c
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,983 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f1xx_hal_flash.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @brief FLASH HAL module driver.
|
||||
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
|
||||
* functionalities of the internal FLASH memory:
|
||||
* + Program operations functions
|
||||
* + Memory Control functions
|
||||
* + Peripheral State functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### FLASH peripheral features #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..] The Flash memory interface manages CPU AHB I-Code and D-Code accesses
|
||||
to the Flash memory. It implements the erase and program Flash memory operations
|
||||
and the read and write protection mechanisms.
|
||||
|
||||
[..] The Flash memory interface accelerates code execution with a system of instruction
|
||||
prefetch.
|
||||
|
||||
[..] The FLASH main features are:
|
||||
(+) Flash memory read operations
|
||||
(+) Flash memory program/erase operations
|
||||
(+) Read / write protections
|
||||
(+) Prefetch on I-Code
|
||||
(+) Option Bytes programming
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
##### How to use this driver #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This driver provides functions and macros to configure and program the FLASH
|
||||
memory of all STM32F1xx devices.
|
||||
|
||||
(#) FLASH Memory I/O Programming functions: this group includes all needed
|
||||
functions to erase and program the main memory:
|
||||
(++) Lock and Unlock the FLASH interface
|
||||
(++) Erase function: Erase page, erase all pages
|
||||
(++) Program functions: half word, word and doubleword
|
||||
(#) FLASH Option Bytes Programming functions: this group includes all needed
|
||||
functions to manage the Option Bytes:
|
||||
(++) Lock and Unlock the Option Bytes
|
||||
(++) Set/Reset the write protection
|
||||
(++) Set the Read protection Level
|
||||
(++) Program the user Option Bytes
|
||||
(++) Launch the Option Bytes loader
|
||||
(++) Erase Option Bytes
|
||||
(++) Program the data Option Bytes
|
||||
(++) Get the Write protection.
|
||||
(++) Get the user option bytes.
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Interrupts and flags management functions : this group
|
||||
includes all needed functions to:
|
||||
(++) Handle FLASH interrupts
|
||||
(++) Wait for last FLASH operation according to its status
|
||||
(++) Get error flag status
|
||||
|
||||
[..] In addition to these function, this driver includes a set of macros allowing
|
||||
to handle the following operations:
|
||||
|
||||
(+) Set/Get the latency
|
||||
(+) Enable/Disable the prefetch buffer
|
||||
(+) Enable/Disable the half cycle access
|
||||
(+) Enable/Disable the FLASH interrupts
|
||||
(+) Monitor the FLASH flags status
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASH FLASH
|
||||
* @brief FLASH HAL module driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Constants FLASH Private Constants
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private macro ---------------------------- ---------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Macros FLASH Private Macros
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Variables FLASH Private Variables
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* Variables used for Erase pages under interruption*/
|
||||
FLASH_ProcessTypeDef pFlash;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Functions FLASH Private Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void FLASH_Program_HalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data);
|
||||
static void FLASH_SetErrorCode(void);
|
||||
extern void FLASH_PageErase(uint32_t PageAddress);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions FLASH Exported Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group1 Programming operation functions
|
||||
* @brief Programming operation functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Program halfword, word or double word at a specified address
|
||||
* @note The function HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface
|
||||
* The function HAL_FLASH_Lock() should be called after to lock the FLASH interface
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously,
|
||||
* the erase operation is performed before the program one.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note FLASH should be previously erased before new programmation (only exception to this
|
||||
* is when 0x0000 is programmed)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param TypeProgram: Indicate the way to program at a specified address.
|
||||
* This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program
|
||||
* @param Address: Specifies the address to be programmed.
|
||||
* @param Data: Specifies the data to be programmed
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
uint8_t index = 0;
|
||||
uint8_t nbiterations = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address));
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
|
||||
if(Address <= FLASH_BANK1_END)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
|
||||
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
|
||||
#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperationBank2(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
|
||||
|
||||
if(status == HAL_OK)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_HALFWORD)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address. */
|
||||
nbiterations = 1U;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_WORD)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Program word (32-bit = 2*16-bit) at a specified address. */
|
||||
nbiterations = 2U;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Program double word (64-bit = 4*16-bit) at a specified address. */
|
||||
nbiterations = 4U;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
for (index = 0U; index < nbiterations; index++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
FLASH_Program_HalfWord((Address + (2U*index)), (uint16_t)(Data >> (16U*index)));
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
|
||||
if(Address <= FLASH_BANK1_END)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
|
||||
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the program operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PG);
|
||||
#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperationBank2(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the program operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_PG);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
|
||||
/* In case of error, stop programation procedure */
|
||||
if (status != HAL_OK)
|
||||
{
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Program halfword, word or double word at a specified address with interrupt enabled.
|
||||
* @note The function HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface
|
||||
* The function HAL_FLASH_Lock() should be called after to lock the FLASH interface
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously,
|
||||
* the erase operation is performed before the program one.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param TypeProgram: Indicate the way to program at a specified address.
|
||||
* This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program
|
||||
* @param Address: Specifies the address to be programmed.
|
||||
* @param Data: Specifies the data to be programmed
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program_IT(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address));
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
|
||||
/* If procedure already ongoing, reject the next one */
|
||||
if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing != FLASH_PROC_NONE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(Address <= FLASH_BANK1_END)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Enable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */
|
||||
__HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP_BANK1 | FLASH_IT_ERR_BANK1);
|
||||
|
||||
}else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Enable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */
|
||||
__HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP_BANK2 | FLASH_IT_ERR_BANK2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/* Enable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */
|
||||
__HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_ERR);
|
||||
#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
|
||||
|
||||
pFlash.Address = Address;
|
||||
pFlash.Data = Data;
|
||||
|
||||
if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_HALFWORD)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMHALFWORD;
|
||||
/* Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address. */
|
||||
pFlash.DataRemaining = 1U;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_WORD)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMWORD;
|
||||
/* Program word (32-bit : 2*16-bit) at a specified address. */
|
||||
pFlash.DataRemaining = 2U;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMDOUBLEWORD;
|
||||
/* Program double word (64-bit : 4*16-bit) at a specified address. */
|
||||
pFlash.DataRemaining = 4U;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address. */
|
||||
FLASH_Program_HalfWord(Address, (uint16_t)Data);
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function handles FLASH interrupt request.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t addresstmp = 0U;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check FLASH operation error flags */
|
||||
#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
|
||||
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR_BANK1) || __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR_BANK1) || \
|
||||
(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR_BANK2) || __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR_BANK2)))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR) ||__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR))
|
||||
#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Return the faulty address */
|
||||
addresstmp = pFlash.Address;
|
||||
/* Reset address */
|
||||
pFlash.Address = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Save the Error code */
|
||||
FLASH_SetErrorCode();
|
||||
|
||||
/* FLASH error interrupt user callback */
|
||||
HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(addresstmp);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Stop the procedure ongoing */
|
||||
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */
|
||||
#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
|
||||
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP_BANK1))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
|
||||
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP_BANK1);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
|
||||
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP);
|
||||
#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process can continue only if no error detected */
|
||||
if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing != FLASH_PROC_NONE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PAGEERASE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Nb of pages to erased can be decreased */
|
||||
pFlash.DataRemaining--;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if there are still pages to erase */
|
||||
if(pFlash.DataRemaining != 0U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
addresstmp = pFlash.Address;
|
||||
/*Indicate user which sector has been erased */
|
||||
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(addresstmp);
|
||||
|
||||
/*Increment sector number*/
|
||||
addresstmp = pFlash.Address + FLASH_PAGE_SIZE;
|
||||
pFlash.Address = addresstmp;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the erase operation is completed, disable the PER Bit */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PER);
|
||||
|
||||
FLASH_PageErase(addresstmp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* No more pages to Erase, user callback can be called. */
|
||||
/* Reset Sector and stop Erase pages procedure */
|
||||
pFlash.Address = addresstmp = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
|
||||
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
|
||||
/* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
|
||||
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(addresstmp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Operation is completed, disable the MER Bit */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_MER);
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
|
||||
/* Stop Mass Erase procedure if no pending mass erase on other bank */
|
||||
if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_MER))
|
||||
{
|
||||
#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
|
||||
/* MassErase ended. Return the selected bank */
|
||||
/* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
|
||||
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(0U);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Stop Mass Erase procedure*/
|
||||
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Nb of 16-bit data to program can be decreased */
|
||||
pFlash.DataRemaining--;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if there are still 16-bit data to program */
|
||||
if(pFlash.DataRemaining != 0U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Increment address to 16-bit */
|
||||
pFlash.Address += 2U;
|
||||
addresstmp = pFlash.Address;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Shift to have next 16-bit data */
|
||||
pFlash.Data = (pFlash.Data >> 16U);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PG);
|
||||
|
||||
/*Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address.*/
|
||||
FLASH_Program_HalfWord(addresstmp, (uint16_t)pFlash.Data);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Program ended. Return the selected address */
|
||||
/* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
|
||||
if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMHALFWORD)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMWORD)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address - 2U);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address - 6U);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset Address and stop Program procedure */
|
||||
pFlash.Address = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
|
||||
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
|
||||
/* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */
|
||||
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG( FLASH_FLAG_EOP_BANK2))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
|
||||
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP_BANK2);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process can continue only if no error detected */
|
||||
if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing != FLASH_PROC_NONE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PAGEERASE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Nb of pages to erased can be decreased */
|
||||
pFlash.DataRemaining--;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if there are still pages to erase*/
|
||||
if(pFlash.DataRemaining != 0U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Indicate user which page address has been erased*/
|
||||
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Increment page address to next page */
|
||||
pFlash.Address += FLASH_PAGE_SIZE;
|
||||
addresstmp = pFlash.Address;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Operation is completed, disable the PER Bit */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_PER);
|
||||
|
||||
FLASH_PageErase(addresstmp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/*No more pages to Erase*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*Reset Address and stop Erase pages procedure*/
|
||||
pFlash.Address = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
|
||||
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
|
||||
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Operation is completed, disable the MER Bit */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_MER);
|
||||
|
||||
if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_MER))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* MassErase ended. Return the selected bank*/
|
||||
/* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
|
||||
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(0U);
|
||||
|
||||
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Nb of 16-bit data to program can be decreased */
|
||||
pFlash.DataRemaining--;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if there are still 16-bit data to program */
|
||||
if(pFlash.DataRemaining != 0U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Increment address to 16-bit */
|
||||
pFlash.Address += 2U;
|
||||
addresstmp = pFlash.Address;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Shift to have next 16-bit data */
|
||||
pFlash.Data = (pFlash.Data >> 16U);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_PG);
|
||||
|
||||
/*Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address.*/
|
||||
FLASH_Program_HalfWord(addresstmp, (uint16_t)pFlash.Data);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/*Program ended. Return the selected address*/
|
||||
/* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
|
||||
if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMHALFWORD)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMWORD)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address-2U);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address-6U);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset Address and stop Program procedure*/
|
||||
pFlash.Address = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
|
||||
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_NONE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
|
||||
/* Operation is completed, disable the PG, PER and MER Bits for both bank */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, (FLASH_CR_PG | FLASH_CR_PER | FLASH_CR_MER));
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR2, (FLASH_CR2_PG | FLASH_CR2_PER | FLASH_CR2_MER));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts for both banks */
|
||||
__HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP_BANK1 | FLASH_IT_ERR_BANK1 | FLASH_IT_EOP_BANK2 | FLASH_IT_ERR_BANK2);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/* Operation is completed, disable the PG, PER and MER Bits */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, (FLASH_CR_PG | FLASH_CR_PER | FLASH_CR_MER));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */
|
||||
__HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_ERR);
|
||||
#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief FLASH end of operation interrupt callback
|
||||
* @param ReturnValue: The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure
|
||||
* - Mass Erase: No return value expected
|
||||
* - Pages Erase: Address of the page which has been erased
|
||||
* (if 0xFFFFFFFF, it means that all the selected pages have been erased)
|
||||
* - Program: Address which was selected for data program
|
||||
* @retval none
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(ReturnValue);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief FLASH operation error interrupt callback
|
||||
* @param ReturnValue: The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure
|
||||
* - Mass Erase: No return value expected
|
||||
* - Pages Erase: Address of the page which returned an error
|
||||
* - Program: Address which was selected for data program
|
||||
* @retval none
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(ReturnValue);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
|
||||
* @brief management functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the FLASH
|
||||
memory operations.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Unlock the FLASH control register access
|
||||
* @retval HAL Status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Unlock(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
if(READ_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK) != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Authorize the FLASH Registers access */
|
||||
WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR, FLASH_KEY1);
|
||||
WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR, FLASH_KEY2);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Verify Flash is unlocked */
|
||||
if(READ_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK) != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
|
||||
if(READ_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_LOCK) != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Authorize the FLASH BANK2 Registers access */
|
||||
WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR2, FLASH_KEY1);
|
||||
WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR2, FLASH_KEY2);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Verify Flash BANK2 is unlocked */
|
||||
if(READ_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_LOCK) != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Locks the FLASH control register access
|
||||
* @retval HAL Status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Lock(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set the LOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Registers access */
|
||||
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK);
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
|
||||
/* Set the LOCK Bit to lock the FLASH BANK2 Registers access */
|
||||
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_LOCK);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Unlock the FLASH Option Control Registers access.
|
||||
* @retval HAL Status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTWRE))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Authorizes the Option Byte register programming */
|
||||
WRITE_REG(FLASH->OPTKEYR, FLASH_OPTKEY1);
|
||||
WRITE_REG(FLASH->OPTKEYR, FLASH_OPTKEY2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Lock the FLASH Option Control Registers access.
|
||||
* @retval HAL Status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Clear the OPTWRE Bit to lock the FLASH Option Byte Registers access */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTWRE);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Launch the option byte loading.
|
||||
* @note This function will reset automatically the MCU.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Initiates a system reset request to launch the option byte loading */
|
||||
HAL_NVIC_SystemReset();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral errors functions
|
||||
* @brief Peripheral errors functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Peripheral Errors functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This subsection permit to get in run-time errors of the FLASH peripheral.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Get the specific FLASH error flag.
|
||||
* @retval FLASH_ErrorCode The returned value can be:
|
||||
* @ref FLASH_Error_Codes
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_FLASH_GetError(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return pFlash.ErrorCode;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Program a half-word (16-bit) at a specified address.
|
||||
* @param Address specify the address to be programmed.
|
||||
* @param Data specify the data to be programmed.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void FLASH_Program_HalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Clean the error context */
|
||||
pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
|
||||
if(Address <= FLASH_BANK1_END)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
|
||||
/* Proceed to program the new data */
|
||||
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PG);
|
||||
#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Proceed to program the new data */
|
||||
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_PG);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Write data in the address */
|
||||
*(__IO uint16_t*)Address = Data;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Wait for a FLASH operation to complete.
|
||||
* @param Timeout maximum flash operation timeout
|
||||
* @retval HAL Status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Wait for the FLASH operation to complete by polling on BUSY flag to be reset.
|
||||
Even if the FLASH operation fails, the BUSY flag will be reset and an error
|
||||
flag will be set */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
|
||||
|
||||
while(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_BSY))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) > Timeout))
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */
|
||||
if (__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
|
||||
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR) ||
|
||||
__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR) ||
|
||||
__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/*Save the error code*/
|
||||
FLASH_SetErrorCode();
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* There is no error flag set */
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Wait for a FLASH BANK2 operation to complete.
|
||||
* @param Timeout maximum flash operation timeout
|
||||
* @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperationBank2(uint32_t Timeout)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Wait for the FLASH BANK2 operation to complete by polling on BUSY flag to be reset.
|
||||
Even if the FLASH BANK2 operation fails, the BUSY flag will be reset and an error
|
||||
flag will be set */
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
|
||||
|
||||
while(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_BSY_BANK2))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) > Timeout))
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */
|
||||
if (__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP_BANK2))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
|
||||
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP_BANK2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR_BANK2) || __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR_BANK2))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/*Save the error code*/
|
||||
FLASH_SetErrorCode();
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If there is an error flag set */
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set the specific FLASH error flag.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void FLASH_SetErrorCode(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t flags = 0U;
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
|
||||
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR) || __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR_BANK2))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR))
|
||||
#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
|
||||
{
|
||||
pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP;
|
||||
#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
|
||||
flags |= FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR_BANK2;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
flags |= FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR;
|
||||
#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
|
||||
}
|
||||
#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
|
||||
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR) || __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR_BANK2))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR))
|
||||
#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
|
||||
{
|
||||
pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PROG;
|
||||
#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END)
|
||||
flags |= FLASH_FLAG_PGERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGERR_BANK2;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
flags |= FLASH_FLAG_PGERR;
|
||||
#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR))
|
||||
{
|
||||
pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPTV;
|
||||
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear FLASH error pending bits */
|
||||
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(flags);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
1143
Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_flash_ex.c
Normal file
1143
Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_flash_ex.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
595
Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_gpio.c
Normal file
595
Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_gpio.c
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,595 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f1xx_hal_gpio.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @brief GPIO HAL module driver.
|
||||
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
|
||||
* functionalities of the General Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) peripheral:
|
||||
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
|
||||
* + IO operation functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### GPIO Peripheral features #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
Subject to the specific hardware characteristics of each I/O port listed in the datasheet, each
|
||||
port bit of the General Purpose IO (GPIO) Ports, can be individually configured by software
|
||||
in several modes:
|
||||
(+) Input mode
|
||||
(+) Analog mode
|
||||
(+) Output mode
|
||||
(+) Alternate function mode
|
||||
(+) External interrupt/event lines
|
||||
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
During and just after reset, the alternate functions and external interrupt
|
||||
lines are not active and the I/O ports are configured in input floating mode.
|
||||
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
All GPIO pins have weak internal pull-up and pull-down resistors, which can be
|
||||
activated or not.
|
||||
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
In Output or Alternate mode, each IO can be configured on open-drain or push-pull
|
||||
type and the IO speed can be selected depending on the VDD value.
|
||||
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
All ports have external interrupt/event capability. To use external interrupt
|
||||
lines, the port must be configured in input mode. All available GPIO pins are
|
||||
connected to the 16 external interrupt/event lines from EXTI0 to EXTI15.
|
||||
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
The external interrupt/event controller consists of up to 20 edge detectors in connectivity
|
||||
line devices, or 19 edge detectors in other devices for generating event/interrupt requests.
|
||||
Each input line can be independently configured to select the type (event or interrupt) and
|
||||
the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both). Each line can also masked
|
||||
independently. A pending register maintains the status line of the interrupt requests
|
||||
|
||||
##### How to use this driver #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
(#) Enable the GPIO APB2 clock using the following function : __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE().
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Configure the GPIO pin(s) using HAL_GPIO_Init().
|
||||
(++) Configure the IO mode using "Mode" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
|
||||
(++) Activate Pull-up, Pull-down resistor using "Pull" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef
|
||||
structure.
|
||||
(++) In case of Output or alternate function mode selection: the speed is
|
||||
configured through "Speed" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
|
||||
(++) Analog mode is required when a pin is to be used as ADC channel
|
||||
or DAC output.
|
||||
(++) In case of external interrupt/event selection the "Mode" member from
|
||||
GPIO_InitTypeDef structure select the type (interrupt or event) and
|
||||
the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both).
|
||||
|
||||
(#) In case of external interrupt/event mode selection, configure NVIC IRQ priority
|
||||
mapped to the EXTI line using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and enable it using
|
||||
HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
|
||||
|
||||
(#) To get the level of a pin configured in input mode use HAL_GPIO_ReadPin().
|
||||
|
||||
(#) To set/reset the level of a pin configured in output mode use
|
||||
HAL_GPIO_WritePin()/HAL_GPIO_TogglePin().
|
||||
|
||||
(#) To lock pin configuration until next reset use HAL_GPIO_LockPin().
|
||||
|
||||
(#) During and just after reset, the alternate functions are not
|
||||
active and the GPIO pins are configured in input floating mode (except JTAG
|
||||
pins).
|
||||
|
||||
(#) The LSE oscillator pins OSC32_IN and OSC32_OUT can be used as general purpose
|
||||
(PC14 and PC15, respectively) when the LSE oscillator is off. The LSE has
|
||||
priority over the GPIO function.
|
||||
|
||||
(#) The HSE oscillator pins OSC_IN/OSC_OUT can be used as
|
||||
general purpose PD0 and PD1, respectively, when the HSE oscillator is off.
|
||||
The HSE has priority over the GPIO function.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup GPIO GPIO
|
||||
* @brief GPIO HAL module driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup GPIO_Private_Constants GPIO Private Constants
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define GPIO_MODE 0x00000003U
|
||||
#define EXTI_MODE 0x10000000U
|
||||
#define GPIO_MODE_IT 0x00010000U
|
||||
#define GPIO_MODE_EVT 0x00020000U
|
||||
#define RISING_EDGE 0x00100000U
|
||||
#define FALLING_EDGE 0x00200000U
|
||||
#define GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE 0x00000010U
|
||||
|
||||
#define GPIO_NUMBER 16U
|
||||
|
||||
/* Definitions for bit manipulation of CRL and CRH register */
|
||||
#define GPIO_CR_MODE_INPUT 0x00000000U /*!< 00: Input mode (reset state) */
|
||||
#define GPIO_CR_CNF_ANALOG 0x00000000U /*!< 00: Analog mode */
|
||||
#define GPIO_CR_CNF_INPUT_FLOATING 0x00000004U /*!< 01: Floating input (reset state) */
|
||||
#define GPIO_CR_CNF_INPUT_PU_PD 0x00000008U /*!< 10: Input with pull-up / pull-down */
|
||||
#define GPIO_CR_CNF_GP_OUTPUT_PP 0x00000000U /*!< 00: General purpose output push-pull */
|
||||
#define GPIO_CR_CNF_GP_OUTPUT_OD 0x00000004U /*!< 01: General purpose output Open-drain */
|
||||
#define GPIO_CR_CNF_AF_OUTPUT_PP 0x00000008U /*!< 10: Alternate function output Push-pull */
|
||||
#define GPIO_CR_CNF_AF_OUTPUT_OD 0x0000000CU /*!< 11: Alternate function output Open-drain */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions GPIO Exported Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
|
||||
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This section provides functions allowing to initialize and de-initialize the GPIOs
|
||||
to be ready for use.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initializes the GPIOx peripheral according to the specified parameters in the GPIO_Init.
|
||||
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..G depending on device used) to select the GPIO peripheral
|
||||
* @param GPIO_Init: pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified GPIO peripheral.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_Init)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t position;
|
||||
uint32_t ioposition = 0x00U;
|
||||
uint32_t iocurrent = 0x00U;
|
||||
uint32_t temp = 0x00U;
|
||||
uint32_t config = 0x00U;
|
||||
__IO uint32_t *configregister; /* Store the address of CRL or CRH register based on pin number */
|
||||
uint32_t registeroffset = 0U; /* offset used during computation of CNF and MODE bits placement inside CRL or CRH register */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Init->Pin));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_Init->Mode));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure the port pins */
|
||||
for (position = 0U; position < GPIO_NUMBER; position++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Get the IO position */
|
||||
ioposition = (0x01U << position);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get the current IO position */
|
||||
iocurrent = (uint32_t)(GPIO_Init->Pin) & ioposition;
|
||||
|
||||
if (iocurrent == ioposition)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the Alternate function parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_GPIO_AF_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Based on the required mode, filling config variable with MODEy[1:0] and CNFy[3:2] corresponding bits */
|
||||
switch (GPIO_Init->Mode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* If we are configuring the pin in OUTPUT push-pull mode */
|
||||
case GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP:
|
||||
/* Check the GPIO speed parameter */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_Init->Speed));
|
||||
config = GPIO_Init->Speed + GPIO_CR_CNF_GP_OUTPUT_PP;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If we are configuring the pin in OUTPUT open-drain mode */
|
||||
case GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_OD:
|
||||
/* Check the GPIO speed parameter */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_Init->Speed));
|
||||
config = GPIO_Init->Speed + GPIO_CR_CNF_GP_OUTPUT_OD;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If we are configuring the pin in ALTERNATE FUNCTION push-pull mode */
|
||||
case GPIO_MODE_AF_PP:
|
||||
/* Check the GPIO speed parameter */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_Init->Speed));
|
||||
config = GPIO_Init->Speed + GPIO_CR_CNF_AF_OUTPUT_PP;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If we are configuring the pin in ALTERNATE FUNCTION open-drain mode */
|
||||
case GPIO_MODE_AF_OD:
|
||||
/* Check the GPIO speed parameter */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_Init->Speed));
|
||||
config = GPIO_Init->Speed + GPIO_CR_CNF_AF_OUTPUT_OD;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If we are configuring the pin in INPUT (also applicable to EVENT and IT mode) */
|
||||
case GPIO_MODE_INPUT:
|
||||
case GPIO_MODE_IT_RISING:
|
||||
case GPIO_MODE_IT_FALLING:
|
||||
case GPIO_MODE_IT_RISING_FALLING:
|
||||
case GPIO_MODE_EVT_RISING:
|
||||
case GPIO_MODE_EVT_FALLING:
|
||||
case GPIO_MODE_EVT_RISING_FALLING:
|
||||
/* Check the GPIO pull parameter */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PULL(GPIO_Init->Pull));
|
||||
if (GPIO_Init->Pull == GPIO_NOPULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
config = GPIO_CR_MODE_INPUT + GPIO_CR_CNF_INPUT_FLOATING;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (GPIO_Init->Pull == GPIO_PULLUP)
|
||||
{
|
||||
config = GPIO_CR_MODE_INPUT + GPIO_CR_CNF_INPUT_PU_PD;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the corresponding ODR bit */
|
||||
GPIOx->BSRR = ioposition;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else /* GPIO_PULLDOWN */
|
||||
{
|
||||
config = GPIO_CR_MODE_INPUT + GPIO_CR_CNF_INPUT_PU_PD;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset the corresponding ODR bit */
|
||||
GPIOx->BRR = ioposition;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If we are configuring the pin in INPUT analog mode */
|
||||
case GPIO_MODE_ANALOG:
|
||||
config = GPIO_CR_MODE_INPUT + GPIO_CR_CNF_ANALOG;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Parameters are checked with assert_param */
|
||||
default:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if the current bit belongs to first half or last half of the pin count number
|
||||
in order to address CRH or CRL register*/
|
||||
configregister = (iocurrent < GPIO_PIN_8) ? &GPIOx->CRL : &GPIOx->CRH;
|
||||
registeroffset = (iocurrent < GPIO_PIN_8) ? (position << 2U) : ((position - 8U) << 2U);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Apply the new configuration of the pin to the register */
|
||||
MODIFY_REG((*configregister), ((GPIO_CRL_MODE0 | GPIO_CRL_CNF0) << registeroffset), (config << registeroffset));
|
||||
|
||||
/*--------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration ------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Configure the External Interrupt or event for the current IO */
|
||||
if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & EXTI_MODE) == EXTI_MODE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Enable AFIO Clock */
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_AFIO_CLK_ENABLE();
|
||||
temp = AFIO->EXTICR[position >> 2U];
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(temp, (0x0FU) << (4U * (position & 0x03U)));
|
||||
SET_BIT(temp, (GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx)) << (4U * (position & 0x03U)));
|
||||
AFIO->EXTICR[position >> 2U] = temp;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure the interrupt mask */
|
||||
if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_IT) == GPIO_MODE_IT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SET_BIT(EXTI->IMR, iocurrent);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->IMR, iocurrent);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure the event mask */
|
||||
if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_EVT) == GPIO_MODE_EVT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SET_BIT(EXTI->EMR, iocurrent);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->EMR, iocurrent);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable or disable the rising trigger */
|
||||
if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & RISING_EDGE) == RISING_EDGE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SET_BIT(EXTI->RTSR, iocurrent);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->RTSR, iocurrent);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable or disable the falling trigger */
|
||||
if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & FALLING_EDGE) == FALLING_EDGE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SET_BIT(EXTI->FTSR, iocurrent);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->FTSR, iocurrent);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief De-initializes the GPIOx peripheral registers to their default reset values.
|
||||
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..G depending on device used) to select the GPIO peripheral
|
||||
* @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint32_t GPIO_Pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t position = 0x00U;
|
||||
uint32_t iocurrent = 0x00U;
|
||||
uint32_t tmp = 0x00U;
|
||||
__IO uint32_t *configregister; /* Store the address of CRL or CRH register based on pin number */
|
||||
uint32_t registeroffset = 0U;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure the port pins */
|
||||
while ((GPIO_Pin >> position) != 0U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Get current io position */
|
||||
iocurrent = (GPIO_Pin) & (1U << position);
|
||||
|
||||
if (iocurrent)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/*------------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration --------------------*/
|
||||
/* Check if the current bit belongs to first half or last half of the pin count number
|
||||
in order to address CRH or CRL register */
|
||||
configregister = (iocurrent < GPIO_PIN_8) ? &GPIOx->CRL : &GPIOx->CRH;
|
||||
registeroffset = (iocurrent < GPIO_PIN_8) ? (position << 2U) : ((position - 8U) << 2U);
|
||||
|
||||
/* CRL/CRH default value is floating input(0x04) shifted to correct position */
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(*configregister, ((GPIO_CRL_MODE0 | GPIO_CRL_CNF0) << registeroffset), GPIO_CRL_CNF0_0 << registeroffset);
|
||||
|
||||
/* ODR default value is 0 */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(GPIOx->ODR, iocurrent);
|
||||
|
||||
/*------------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration --------------------*/
|
||||
/* Clear the External Interrupt or Event for the current IO */
|
||||
|
||||
tmp = AFIO->EXTICR[position >> 2U];
|
||||
tmp &= 0x0FU << (4U * (position & 0x03U));
|
||||
if (tmp == (GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx) << (4U * (position & 0x03U))))
|
||||
{
|
||||
tmp = 0x0FU << (4U * (position & 0x03U));
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(AFIO->EXTICR[position >> 2U], tmp);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear EXTI line configuration */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->IMR, (uint32_t)iocurrent);
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->EMR, (uint32_t)iocurrent);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->RTSR, (uint32_t)iocurrent);
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->FTSR, (uint32_t)iocurrent);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
position++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
|
||||
* @brief GPIO Read and Write
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### IO operation functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the GPIOs.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Reads the specified input port pin.
|
||||
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..G depending on device used) to select the GPIO peripheral
|
||||
* @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to read.
|
||||
* This parameter can be GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
|
||||
* @retval The input port pin value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
GPIO_PinState HAL_GPIO_ReadPin(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GPIO_PinState bitstatus;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
|
||||
|
||||
if ((GPIOx->IDR & GPIO_Pin) != (uint32_t)GPIO_PIN_RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_SET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_RESET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return bitstatus;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Sets or clears the selected data port bit.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note This function uses GPIOx_BSRR register to allow atomic read/modify
|
||||
* accesses. In this way, there is no risk of an IRQ occurring between
|
||||
* the read and the modify access.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..G depending on device used) to select the GPIO peripheral
|
||||
* @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
|
||||
* @param PinState: specifies the value to be written to the selected bit.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the GPIO_PinState enum values:
|
||||
* @arg GPIO_PIN_RESET: to clear the port pin
|
||||
* @arg GPIO_PIN_SET: to set the port pin
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_GPIO_WritePin(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, GPIO_PinState PinState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_ACTION(PinState));
|
||||
|
||||
if (PinState != GPIO_PIN_RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GPIOx->BSRR = GPIO_Pin;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
GPIOx->BSRR = (uint32_t)GPIO_Pin << 16U;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Toggles the specified GPIO pin
|
||||
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..G depending on device used) to select the GPIO peripheral
|
||||
* @param GPIO_Pin: Specifies the pins to be toggled.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_GPIO_TogglePin(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
|
||||
|
||||
GPIOx->ODR ^= GPIO_Pin;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Locks GPIO Pins configuration registers.
|
||||
* @note The locking mechanism allows the IO configuration to be frozen. When the LOCK sequence
|
||||
* has been applied on a port bit, it is no longer possible to modify the value of the port bit until
|
||||
* the next reset.
|
||||
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..G depending on device used) to select the GPIO peripheral
|
||||
* @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be locked.
|
||||
* This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GPIO_LockPin(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__IO uint32_t tmp = GPIO_LCKR_LCKK;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_GPIO_LOCK_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Apply lock key write sequence */
|
||||
SET_BIT(tmp, GPIO_Pin);
|
||||
/* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */
|
||||
GPIOx->LCKR = tmp;
|
||||
/* Reset LCKx bit(s): LCKK='0' + LCK[15-0] */
|
||||
GPIOx->LCKR = GPIO_Pin;
|
||||
/* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */
|
||||
GPIOx->LCKR = tmp;
|
||||
/* Read LCKK bit*/
|
||||
tmp = GPIOx->LCKR;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((uint32_t)(GPIOx->LCKR & GPIO_LCKR_LCKK))
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function handles EXTI interrupt request.
|
||||
* @param GPIO_Pin: Specifies the pins connected EXTI line
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_IRQHandler(uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* EXTI line interrupt detected */
|
||||
if (__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GET_IT(GPIO_Pin) != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_CLEAR_IT(GPIO_Pin);
|
||||
HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(GPIO_Pin);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief EXTI line detection callbacks.
|
||||
* @param GPIO_Pin: Specifies the pins connected EXTI line
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(GPIO_Pin);
|
||||
/* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
143
Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_gpio_ex.c
Normal file
143
Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_gpio_ex.c
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f1xx_hal_gpio_ex.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @brief GPIO Extension HAL module driver.
|
||||
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
|
||||
* functionalities of the General Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) extension peripheral.
|
||||
* + Extended features functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### GPIO Peripheral extension features #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..] GPIO module on STM32F1 family, manage also the AFIO register:
|
||||
(+) Possibility to use the EVENTOUT Cortex feature
|
||||
|
||||
##### How to use this driver #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..] This driver provides functions to use EVENTOUT Cortex feature
|
||||
(#) Configure EVENTOUT Cortex feature using the function HAL_GPIOEx_ConfigEventout()
|
||||
(#) Activate EVENTOUT Cortex feature using the HAL_GPIOEx_EnableEventout()
|
||||
(#) Deactivate EVENTOUT Cortex feature using the HAL_GPIOEx_DisableEventout()
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup GPIOEx GPIOEx
|
||||
* @brief GPIO HAL module driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup GPIOEx_Exported_Functions GPIOEx Exported Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup GPIOEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended features functions
|
||||
* @brief Extended features functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### Extended features functions #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
|
||||
(+) Configure EVENTOUT Cortex feature using the function HAL_GPIOEx_ConfigEventout()
|
||||
(+) Activate EVENTOUT Cortex feature using the HAL_GPIOEx_EnableEventout()
|
||||
(+) Deactivate EVENTOUT Cortex feature using the HAL_GPIOEx_DisableEventout()
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Configures the port and pin on which the EVENTOUT Cortex signal will be connected.
|
||||
* @param GPIO_PortSource Select the port used to output the Cortex EVENTOUT signal.
|
||||
* This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOEx_EVENTOUT_PORT.
|
||||
* @param GPIO_PinSource Select the pin used to output the Cortex EVENTOUT signal.
|
||||
* This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOEx_EVENTOUT_PIN.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_GPIOEx_ConfigEventout(uint32_t GPIO_PortSource, uint32_t GPIO_PinSource)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Verify the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_AFIO_EVENTOUT_PORT(GPIO_PortSource));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_AFIO_EVENTOUT_PIN(GPIO_PinSource));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Apply the new configuration */
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(AFIO->EVCR, (AFIO_EVCR_PORT) | (AFIO_EVCR_PIN), (GPIO_PortSource) | (GPIO_PinSource));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enables the Event Output.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_GPIOEx_EnableEventout(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SET_BIT(AFIO->EVCR, AFIO_EVCR_EVOE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disables the Event Output.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_GPIOEx_DisableEventout(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(AFIO->EVCR, AFIO_EVCR_EVOE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
637
Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_pwr.c
Normal file
637
Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_pwr.c
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,637 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f1xx_hal_pwr.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @brief PWR HAL module driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
|
||||
* functionalities of the Power Controller (PWR) peripheral:
|
||||
* + Initialization/de-initialization functions
|
||||
* + Peripheral Control functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup PWR PWR
|
||||
* @brief PWR HAL module driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup PWR_Private_Constants PWR Private Constants
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup PWR_PVD_Mode_Mask PWR PVD Mode Mask
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define PVD_MODE_IT 0x00010000U
|
||||
#define PVD_MODE_EVT 0x00020000U
|
||||
#define PVD_RISING_EDGE 0x00000001U
|
||||
#define PVD_FALLING_EDGE 0x00000002U
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup PWR_register_alias_address PWR Register alias address
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* ------------- PWR registers bit address in the alias region ---------------*/
|
||||
#define PWR_OFFSET (PWR_BASE - PERIPH_BASE)
|
||||
#define PWR_CR_OFFSET 0x00U
|
||||
#define PWR_CSR_OFFSET 0x04U
|
||||
#define PWR_CR_OFFSET_BB (PWR_OFFSET + PWR_CR_OFFSET)
|
||||
#define PWR_CSR_OFFSET_BB (PWR_OFFSET + PWR_CSR_OFFSET)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup PWR_CR_register_alias PWR CR Register alias address
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* --- CR Register ---*/
|
||||
/* Alias word address of LPSDSR bit */
|
||||
#define LPSDSR_BIT_NUMBER PWR_CR_LPDS_Pos
|
||||
#define CR_LPSDSR_BB ((uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PWR_CR_OFFSET_BB * 32U) + (LPSDSR_BIT_NUMBER * 4U)))
|
||||
|
||||
/* Alias word address of DBP bit */
|
||||
#define DBP_BIT_NUMBER PWR_CR_DBP_Pos
|
||||
#define CR_DBP_BB ((uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PWR_CR_OFFSET_BB * 32U) + (DBP_BIT_NUMBER * 4U)))
|
||||
|
||||
/* Alias word address of PVDE bit */
|
||||
#define PVDE_BIT_NUMBER PWR_CR_PVDE_Pos
|
||||
#define CR_PVDE_BB ((uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PWR_CR_OFFSET_BB * 32U) + (PVDE_BIT_NUMBER * 4U)))
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup PWR_CSR_register_alias PWR CSR Register alias address
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* --- CSR Register ---*/
|
||||
/* Alias word address of EWUP1 bit */
|
||||
#define CSR_EWUP_BB(VAL) ((uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PWR_CSR_OFFSET_BB * 32U) + (POSITION_VAL(VAL) * 4U)))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @defgroup PWR_Private_Functions PWR Private Functions
|
||||
* brief WFE cortex command overloaded for HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode usage only (see Workaround section)
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void PWR_OverloadWfe(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
__NOINLINE
|
||||
static void PWR_OverloadWfe(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__asm volatile( "wfe" );
|
||||
__asm volatile( "nop" );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions PWR Exported Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
|
||||
* @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
After reset, the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC backup data
|
||||
registers) is protected against possible unwanted
|
||||
write accesses.
|
||||
To enable access to the RTC Domain and RTC registers, proceed as follows:
|
||||
(+) Enable the Power Controller (PWR) APB1 interface clock using the
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE() macro.
|
||||
(+) Enable access to RTC domain using the HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess() function.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Deinitializes the PWR peripheral registers to their default reset values.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_PWR_DeInit(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_PWR_FORCE_RESET();
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_PWR_RELEASE_RESET();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enables access to the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC
|
||||
* backup data registers ).
|
||||
* @note If the HSE divided by 128 is used as the RTC clock, the
|
||||
* Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Enable access to RTC and backup registers */
|
||||
*(__IO uint32_t *) CR_DBP_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disables access to the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC
|
||||
* backup data registers).
|
||||
* @note If the HSE divided by 128 is used as the RTC clock, the
|
||||
* Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Disable access to RTC and backup registers */
|
||||
*(__IO uint32_t *) CR_DBP_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
|
||||
* @brief Low Power modes configuration functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
*** PVD configuration ***
|
||||
=========================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
(+) The PVD is used to monitor the VDD power supply by comparing it to a
|
||||
threshold selected by the PVD Level (PLS[2:0] bits in the PWR_CR).
|
||||
|
||||
(+) A PVDO flag is available to indicate if VDD/VDDA is higher or lower
|
||||
than the PVD threshold. This event is internally connected to the EXTI
|
||||
line16 and can generate an interrupt if enabled. This is done through
|
||||
__HAL_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT() macro.
|
||||
(+) The PVD is stopped in Standby mode.
|
||||
|
||||
*** WakeUp pin configuration ***
|
||||
================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
(+) WakeUp pin is used to wake up the system from Standby mode. This pin is
|
||||
forced in input pull-down configuration and is active on rising edges.
|
||||
(+) There is one WakeUp pin:
|
||||
WakeUp Pin 1 on PA.00.
|
||||
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
|
||||
*** Low Power modes configuration ***
|
||||
=====================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
The device features 3 low-power modes:
|
||||
(+) Sleep mode: CPU clock off, all peripherals including Cortex-M3 core peripherals like
|
||||
NVIC, SysTick, etc. are kept running
|
||||
(+) Stop mode: All clocks are stopped
|
||||
(+) Standby mode: 1.8V domain powered off
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
*** Sleep mode ***
|
||||
==================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
(+) Entry:
|
||||
The Sleep mode is entered by using the HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON, PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFx)
|
||||
functions with
|
||||
(++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction
|
||||
(++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction
|
||||
|
||||
(+) Exit:
|
||||
(++) WFI entry mode, Any peripheral interrupt acknowledged by the nested vectored interrupt
|
||||
controller (NVIC) can wake up the device from Sleep mode.
|
||||
(++) WFE entry mode, Any wakeup event can wake up the device from Sleep mode.
|
||||
(+++) Any peripheral interrupt w/o NVIC configuration & SEVONPEND bit set in the Cortex (HAL_PWR_EnableSEVOnPend)
|
||||
(+++) Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Event mode
|
||||
|
||||
*** Stop mode ***
|
||||
=================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
The Stop mode is based on the Cortex-M3 deepsleep mode combined with peripheral
|
||||
clock gating. The voltage regulator can be configured either in normal or low-power mode.
|
||||
In Stop mode, all clocks in the 1.8 V domain are stopped, the PLL, the HSI and the HSE RC
|
||||
oscillators are disabled. SRAM and register contents are preserved.
|
||||
In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
|
||||
|
||||
(+) Entry:
|
||||
The Stop mode is entered using the HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(PWR_REGULATOR_VALUE, PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFx )
|
||||
function with:
|
||||
(++) PWR_REGULATOR_VALUE= PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: Main regulator ON.
|
||||
(++) PWR_REGULATOR_VALUE= PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: Low Power regulator ON.
|
||||
(++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFx= PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter STOP mode with WFI instruction
|
||||
(++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFx= PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter STOP mode with WFE instruction
|
||||
(+) Exit:
|
||||
(++) WFI entry mode, Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Interrupt mode with NVIC configured
|
||||
(++) WFE entry mode, Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Event mode.
|
||||
|
||||
*** Standby mode ***
|
||||
====================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
The Standby mode allows to achieve the lowest power consumption. It is based on the
|
||||
Cortex-M3 deepsleep mode, with the voltage regulator disabled. The 1.8 V domain is
|
||||
consequently powered off. The PLL, the HSI oscillator and the HSE oscillator are also
|
||||
switched off. SRAM and register contents are lost except for registers in the Backup domain
|
||||
and Standby circuitry
|
||||
|
||||
(+) Entry:
|
||||
(++) The Standby mode is entered using the HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode() function.
|
||||
(+) Exit:
|
||||
(++) WKUP pin rising edge, RTC alarm event rising edge, external Reset in
|
||||
NRSTpin, IWDG Reset
|
||||
|
||||
*** Auto-wakeup (AWU) from low-power mode ***
|
||||
=============================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
|
||||
(+) The MCU can be woken up from low-power mode by an RTC Alarm event,
|
||||
without depending on an external interrupt (Auto-wakeup mode).
|
||||
|
||||
(+) RTC auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Stop and Standby modes
|
||||
|
||||
(++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC alarm event, it is necessary to
|
||||
configure the RTC to generate the RTC alarm using the HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT() function.
|
||||
|
||||
*** PWR Workarounds linked to Silicon Limitation ***
|
||||
====================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
Below the list of all silicon limitations known on STM32F1xx prouct.
|
||||
|
||||
(#)Workarounds Implemented inside PWR HAL Driver
|
||||
(##)Debugging Stop mode with WFE entry - overloaded the WFE by an internal function
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Configures the voltage threshold detected by the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
|
||||
* @param sConfigPVD: pointer to an PWR_PVDTypeDef structure that contains the configuration
|
||||
* information for the PVD.
|
||||
* @note Refer to the electrical characteristics of your device datasheet for
|
||||
* more details about the voltage threshold corresponding to each
|
||||
* detection level.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_PWR_ConfigPVD(PWR_PVDTypeDef *sConfigPVD)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL(sConfigPVD->PVDLevel));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_MODE(sConfigPVD->Mode));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set PLS[7:5] bits according to PVDLevel value */
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_PLS, sConfigPVD->PVDLevel);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear any previous config. Keep it clear if no event or IT mode is selected */
|
||||
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT();
|
||||
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_IT();
|
||||
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
|
||||
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure interrupt mode */
|
||||
if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_IT) == PVD_MODE_IT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure event mode */
|
||||
if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_EVT) == PVD_MODE_EVT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure the edge */
|
||||
if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_RISING_EDGE) == PVD_RISING_EDGE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_FALLING_EDGE) == PVD_FALLING_EDGE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_PWR_EnablePVD(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Enable the power voltage detector */
|
||||
*(__IO uint32_t *) CR_PVDE_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_PWR_DisablePVD(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Disable the power voltage detector */
|
||||
*(__IO uint32_t *) CR_PVDE_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enables the WakeUp PINx functionality.
|
||||
* @param WakeUpPinx: Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to enable.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameter */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinx));
|
||||
/* Enable the EWUPx pin */
|
||||
*(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_EWUP_BB(WakeUpPinx) = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disables the WakeUp PINx functionality.
|
||||
* @param WakeUpPinx: Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to disable.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameter */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinx));
|
||||
/* Disable the EWUPx pin */
|
||||
*(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_EWUP_BB(WakeUpPinx) = (uint32_t)DISABLE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enters Sleep mode.
|
||||
* @note In Sleep mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
|
||||
* @param Regulator: Regulator state as no effect in SLEEP mode - allows to support portability from legacy software
|
||||
* @param SLEEPEntry: Specifies if SLEEP mode is entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
|
||||
* When WFI entry is used, tick interrupt have to be disabled if not desired as
|
||||
* the interrupt wake up source.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction
|
||||
* @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t SLEEPEntry)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
/* No check on Regulator because parameter not used in SLEEP mode */
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(Regulator);
|
||||
|
||||
assert_param(IS_PWR_SLEEP_ENTRY(SLEEPEntry));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Select SLEEP mode entry -------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
if(SLEEPEntry == PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Request Wait For Interrupt */
|
||||
__WFI();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Request Wait For Event */
|
||||
__SEV();
|
||||
__WFE();
|
||||
__WFE();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enters Stop mode.
|
||||
* @note In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
|
||||
* @note When exiting Stop mode by using an interrupt or a wakeup event,
|
||||
* HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock.
|
||||
* @note When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode, an additional
|
||||
* startup delay is incurred when waking up from Stop mode.
|
||||
* By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop mode, the consumption
|
||||
* is higher although the startup time is reduced.
|
||||
* @param Regulator: Specifies the regulator state in Stop mode.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: Stop mode with regulator ON
|
||||
* @arg PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: Stop mode with low power regulator ON
|
||||
* @param STOPEntry: Specifies if Stop mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI: Enter Stop mode with WFI instruction
|
||||
* @arg PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE: Enter Stop mode with WFE instruction
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t STOPEntry)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(Regulator));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(STOPEntry));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear PDDS bit in PWR register to specify entering in STOP mode when CPU enter in Deepsleep */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_PDDS);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Select the voltage regulator mode by setting LPDS bit in PWR register according to Regulator parameter value */
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_LPDS, Regulator);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
|
||||
SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Select Stop mode entry --------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
if(STOPEntry == PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Request Wait For Interrupt */
|
||||
__WFI();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Request Wait For Event */
|
||||
__SEV();
|
||||
PWR_OverloadWfe(); /* WFE redefine locally */
|
||||
PWR_OverloadWfe(); /* WFE redefine locally */
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Reset SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enters Standby mode.
|
||||
* @note In Standby mode, all I/O pins are high impedance except for:
|
||||
* - Reset pad (still available)
|
||||
* - TAMPER pin if configured for tamper or calibration out.
|
||||
* - WKUP pin (PA0) if enabled.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Select Standby mode */
|
||||
SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_PDDS);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
|
||||
SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
|
||||
|
||||
/* This option is used to ensure that store operations are completed */
|
||||
#if defined ( __CC_ARM)
|
||||
__force_stores();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* Request Wait For Interrupt */
|
||||
__WFI();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Indicates Sleep-On-Exit when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode.
|
||||
* @note Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor
|
||||
* re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over.
|
||||
* Setting this bit is useful when the processor is expected to run only on
|
||||
* interruptions handling.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_PWR_EnableSleepOnExit(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */
|
||||
SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disables Sleep-On-Exit feature when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode.
|
||||
* @note Clears SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor
|
||||
* re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_PWR_DisableSleepOnExit(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Clear SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enables CORTEX M3 SEVONPEND bit.
|
||||
* @note Sets SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes
|
||||
* WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_PWR_EnableSEVOnPend(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */
|
||||
SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disables CORTEX M3 SEVONPEND bit.
|
||||
* @note Clears SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes
|
||||
* WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_PWR_DisableSEVOnPend(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Clear SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function handles the PWR PVD interrupt request.
|
||||
* @note This API should be called under the PVD_IRQHandler().
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_PWR_PVD_IRQHandler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check PWR exti flag */
|
||||
if(__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_GET_FLAG() != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* PWR PVD interrupt user callback */
|
||||
HAL_PWR_PVDCallback();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear PWR Exti pending bit */
|
||||
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief PWR PVD interrupt callback
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_PWR_PVDCallback(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_PWR_PVDCallback could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
1403
Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_rcc.c
Normal file
1403
Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_rcc.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
879
Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_rcc_ex.c
Normal file
879
Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_rcc_ex.c
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,879 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f1xx_hal_rcc_ex.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @brief Extended RCC HAL module driver.
|
||||
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
|
||||
* functionalities RCC extension peripheral:
|
||||
* + Extended Peripheral Control functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup RCCEx RCCEx
|
||||
* @brief RCC Extension HAL module driver.
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @defgroup RCCEx_Private_Constants RCCEx Private Constants
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @defgroup RCCEx_Private_Macros RCCEx Private Macros
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions RCCEx Exported Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral Control functions
|
||||
* @brief Extended Peripheral Control functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Extended Peripheral Control functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the RCC Clocks
|
||||
frequencies.
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
(@) Important note: Care must be taken when HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig() is used to
|
||||
select the RTC clock source; in this case the Backup domain will be reset in
|
||||
order to modify the RTC Clock source, as consequence RTC registers (including
|
||||
the backup registers) are set to their reset values.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initializes the RCC extended peripherals clocks according to the specified parameters in the
|
||||
* RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef.
|
||||
* @param PeriphClkInit pointer to an RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef structure that
|
||||
* contains the configuration information for the Extended Peripherals clocks(RTC clock).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note Care must be taken when HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig() is used to select
|
||||
* the RTC clock source; in this case the Backup domain will be reset in
|
||||
* order to modify the RTC Clock source, as consequence RTC registers (including
|
||||
* the backup registers) are set to their reset values.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note In case of STM32F105xC or STM32F107xC devices, PLLI2S will be enabled if requested on
|
||||
* one of 2 I2S interfaces. When PLLI2S is enabled, you need to call HAL_RCCEx_DisablePLLI2S to
|
||||
* manually disable it.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig(RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef *PeriphClkInit)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tickstart = 0U, temp_reg = 0U;
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC)
|
||||
uint32_t pllactive = 0U;
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_RCC_PERIPHCLOCK(PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection));
|
||||
|
||||
/*------------------------------- RTC/LCD Configuration ------------------------*/
|
||||
if ((((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* check for RTC Parameters used to output RTCCLK */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection));
|
||||
|
||||
FlagStatus pwrclkchanged = RESET;
|
||||
|
||||
/* As soon as function is called to change RTC clock source, activation of the
|
||||
power domain is done. */
|
||||
/* Requires to enable write access to Backup Domain of necessary */
|
||||
if(__HAL_RCC_PWR_IS_CLK_DISABLED())
|
||||
{
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
|
||||
pwrclkchanged = SET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_DBP))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Enable write access to Backup domain */
|
||||
SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_DBP);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for Backup domain Write protection disable */
|
||||
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
|
||||
|
||||
while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_DBP))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RCC_DBP_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset the Backup domain only if the RTC Clock source selection is modified from reset value */
|
||||
temp_reg = (RCC->BDCR & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL);
|
||||
if((temp_reg != 0x00000000U) && (temp_reg != (PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL)))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Store the content of BDCR register before the reset of Backup Domain */
|
||||
temp_reg = (RCC->BDCR & ~(RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL));
|
||||
/* RTC Clock selection can be changed only if the Backup Domain is reset */
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_BACKUPRESET_FORCE();
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_BACKUPRESET_RELEASE();
|
||||
/* Restore the Content of BDCR register */
|
||||
RCC->BDCR = temp_reg;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for LSERDY if LSE was enabled */
|
||||
if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(temp_reg, RCC_BDCR_LSEON))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Get Start Tick */
|
||||
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait till LSE is ready */
|
||||
while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) == RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_RTC_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Require to disable power clock if necessary */
|
||||
if(pwrclkchanged == SET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_DISABLE();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*------------------------------ ADC clock Configuration ------------------*/
|
||||
if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_RCC_ADCPLLCLK_DIV(PeriphClkInit->AdcClockSelection));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure the ADC clock source */
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_ADC_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->AdcClockSelection);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC)
|
||||
/*------------------------------ I2S2 Configuration ------------------------*/
|
||||
if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_RCC_I2S2CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->I2s2ClockSelection));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure the I2S2 clock source */
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_I2S2_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->I2s2ClockSelection);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*------------------------------ I2S3 Configuration ------------------------*/
|
||||
if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_RCC_I2S3CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->I2s3ClockSelection));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure the I2S3 clock source */
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_I2S3_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->I2s3ClockSelection);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*------------------------------ PLL I2S Configuration ----------------------*/
|
||||
/* Check that PLLI2S need to be enabled */
|
||||
if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_I2S2SRC) || HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_I2S3SRC))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Update flag to indicate that PLL I2S should be active */
|
||||
pllactive = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if PLL I2S need to be enabled */
|
||||
if (pllactive == 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Enable PLL I2S only if not active */
|
||||
if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLL3ON))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2S_MUL(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SMUL));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_RCC_HSE_PREDIV2(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.HSEPrediv2Value));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Prediv2 can be written only when the PLL2 is disabled. */
|
||||
/* Return an error only if new value is different from the programmed value */
|
||||
if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR,RCC_CR_PLL2ON) && \
|
||||
(__HAL_RCC_HSE_GET_PREDIV2() != PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.HSEPrediv2Value))
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure the HSE prediv2 factor --------------------------------*/
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_HSE_PREDIV2_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.HSEPrediv2Value);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure the main PLLI2S multiplication factors. */
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SMUL);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the main PLLI2S. */
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_ENABLE();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get Start Tick*/
|
||||
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait till PLLI2S is ready */
|
||||
while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY) == RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLLI2S_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Return an error only if user wants to change the PLLI2SMUL whereas PLLI2S is active */
|
||||
if (READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_PLL3MUL) != PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SMUL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F102x6) || defined(STM32F102xB) || defined(STM32F103x6)\
|
||||
|| defined(STM32F103xB) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG)\
|
||||
|| defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC)
|
||||
/*------------------------------ USB clock Configuration ------------------*/
|
||||
if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_RCC_USBPLLCLK_DIV(PeriphClkInit->UsbClockSelection));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure the USB clock source */
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_USB_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->UsbClockSelection);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F102x6 || STM32F102xB || STM32F103x6 || STM32F103xB || STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG || STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Get the PeriphClkInit according to the internal
|
||||
* RCC configuration registers.
|
||||
* @param PeriphClkInit pointer to an RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef structure that
|
||||
* returns the configuration information for the Extended Peripherals clocks(RTC, I2S, ADC clocks).
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKConfig(RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef *PeriphClkInit)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t srcclk = 0U;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set all possible values for the extended clock type parameter------------*/
|
||||
PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get the RTC configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_RTC_SOURCE();
|
||||
/* Source clock is LSE or LSI*/
|
||||
PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection = srcclk;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get the ADC clock configuration -----------------------------------------*/
|
||||
PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection |= RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC;
|
||||
PeriphClkInit->AdcClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_ADC_SOURCE();
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC)
|
||||
/* Get the I2S2 clock configuration -----------------------------------------*/
|
||||
PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection |= RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2;
|
||||
PeriphClkInit->I2s2ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2S2_SOURCE();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get the I2S3 clock configuration -----------------------------------------*/
|
||||
PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection |= RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3;
|
||||
PeriphClkInit->I2s3ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2S3_SOURCE();
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG)
|
||||
/* Get the I2S2 clock configuration -----------------------------------------*/
|
||||
PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection |= RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2;
|
||||
PeriphClkInit->I2s2ClockSelection = RCC_I2S2CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get the I2S3 clock configuration -----------------------------------------*/
|
||||
PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection |= RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3;
|
||||
PeriphClkInit->I2s3ClockSelection = RCC_I2S3CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG */
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F102x6) || defined(STM32F102xB) || defined(STM32F103x6)\
|
||||
|| defined(STM32F103xB) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG)\
|
||||
|| defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC)
|
||||
/* Get the USB clock configuration -----------------------------------------*/
|
||||
PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection |= RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB;
|
||||
PeriphClkInit->UsbClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_USB_SOURCE();
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F102x6 || STM32F102xB || STM32F103x6 || STM32F103xB || STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG || STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Returns the peripheral clock frequency
|
||||
* @note Returns 0 if peripheral clock is unknown
|
||||
* @param PeriphClk Peripheral clock identifier
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC RTC peripheral clock
|
||||
* @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC ADC peripheral clock
|
||||
@if STM32F103xE
|
||||
* @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2 I2S2 peripheral clock
|
||||
* @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock
|
||||
* @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock
|
||||
@endif
|
||||
@if STM32F103xG
|
||||
* @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2 I2S2 peripheral clock
|
||||
* @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock
|
||||
* @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock
|
||||
* @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2 I2S2 peripheral clock
|
||||
@endif
|
||||
@if STM32F105xC
|
||||
* @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2 I2S2 peripheral clock
|
||||
* @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock
|
||||
* @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock
|
||||
* @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2 I2S2 peripheral clock
|
||||
* @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock
|
||||
* @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock
|
||||
* @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2 I2S2 peripheral clock
|
||||
* @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB USB peripheral clock
|
||||
@endif
|
||||
@if STM32F107xC
|
||||
* @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2 I2S2 peripheral clock
|
||||
* @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock
|
||||
* @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock
|
||||
* @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2 I2S2 peripheral clock
|
||||
* @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock
|
||||
* @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock
|
||||
* @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2 I2S2 peripheral clock
|
||||
* @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB USB peripheral clock
|
||||
@endif
|
||||
@if STM32F102xx
|
||||
* @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB USB peripheral clock
|
||||
@endif
|
||||
@if STM32F103xx
|
||||
* @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB USB peripheral clock
|
||||
@endif
|
||||
* @retval Frequency in Hz (0: means that no available frequency for the peripheral)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKFreq(uint32_t PeriphClk)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC)
|
||||
const uint8_t aPLLMULFactorTable[14] = {0, 0, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 13};
|
||||
const uint8_t aPredivFactorTable[16] = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16};
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t prediv1 = 0U, pllclk = 0U, pllmul = 0U;
|
||||
uint32_t pll2mul = 0U, pll3mul = 0U, prediv2 = 0U;
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F102x6) || defined(STM32F102xB) || defined(STM32F103x6) || \
|
||||
defined(STM32F103xB) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG)
|
||||
const uint8_t aPLLMULFactorTable[16] = {2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 16};
|
||||
const uint8_t aPredivFactorTable[2] = {1, 2};
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t prediv1 = 0U, pllclk = 0U, pllmul = 0U;
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F102x6 || STM32F102xB || STM32F103x6 || STM32F103xB || STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG */
|
||||
uint32_t temp_reg = 0U, frequency = 0U;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_RCC_PERIPHCLOCK(PeriphClk));
|
||||
|
||||
switch (PeriphClk)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F102x6) || defined(STM32F102xB) || defined(STM32F103x6)\
|
||||
|| defined(STM32F103xB) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG)\
|
||||
|| defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC)
|
||||
case RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB:
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Get RCC configuration ------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
temp_reg = RCC->CFGR;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if PLL is enabled */
|
||||
if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR,RCC_CR_PLLON))
|
||||
{
|
||||
pllmul = aPLLMULFactorTable[(uint32_t)(temp_reg & RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL) >> RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL_Pos];
|
||||
if ((temp_reg & RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC) != RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI_DIV2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) || defined(STM32F100xB)\
|
||||
|| defined(STM32F100xE)
|
||||
prediv1 = aPredivFactorTable[(uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1) >> RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1_Pos];
|
||||
#else
|
||||
prediv1 = aPredivFactorTable[(uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PLLXTPRE) >> RCC_CFGR_PLLXTPRE_Pos];
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC || STM32F100xB || STM32F100xE */
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC)
|
||||
if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* PLL2 selected as Prediv1 source */
|
||||
/* PLLCLK = PLL2CLK / PREDIV1 * PLLMUL with PLL2CLK = HSE/PREDIV2 * PLL2MUL */
|
||||
prediv2 = ((RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV2) >> RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV2_Pos) + 1;
|
||||
pll2mul = ((RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PLL2MUL) >> RCC_CFGR2_PLL2MUL_Pos) + 2;
|
||||
pllclk = (uint32_t)((((HSE_VALUE / prediv2) * pll2mul) / prediv1) * pllmul);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* HSE used as PLL clock source : PLLCLK = HSE/PREDIV1 * PLLMUL */
|
||||
pllclk = (uint32_t)((HSE_VALUE / prediv1) * pllmul);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If PLLMUL was set to 13 means that it was to cover the case PLLMUL 6.5 (avoid using float) */
|
||||
/* In this case need to divide pllclk by 2 */
|
||||
if (pllmul == aPLLMULFactorTable[(uint32_t)(RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL6_5) >> RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL_Pos])
|
||||
{
|
||||
pllclk = pllclk / 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
if ((temp_reg & RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC) != RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI_DIV2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* HSE used as PLL clock source : PLLCLK = HSE/PREDIV1 * PLLMUL */
|
||||
pllclk = (uint32_t)((HSE_VALUE / prediv1) * pllmul);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* HSI used as PLL clock source : PLLCLK = HSI/2 * PLLMUL */
|
||||
pllclk = (uint32_t)((HSI_VALUE >> 1) * pllmul);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Calcul of the USB frequency*/
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC)
|
||||
/* USBCLK = PLLVCO = (2 x PLLCLK) / USB prescaler */
|
||||
if (__HAL_RCC_GET_USB_SOURCE() == RCC_USBCLKSOURCE_PLL_DIV2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prescaler of 2 selected for USB */
|
||||
frequency = pllclk;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prescaler of 3 selected for USB */
|
||||
frequency = (2 * pllclk) / 3;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/* USBCLK = PLLCLK / USB prescaler */
|
||||
if (__HAL_RCC_GET_USB_SOURCE() == RCC_USBCLKSOURCE_PLL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* No prescaler selected for USB */
|
||||
frequency = pllclk;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prescaler of 1.5 selected for USB */
|
||||
frequency = (pllclk * 2) / 3;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F102x6 || STM32F102xB || STM32F103x6 || STM32F103xB || STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG || STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG) || defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC)
|
||||
case RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2:
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG)
|
||||
/* SYSCLK used as source clock for I2S2 */
|
||||
frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
|
||||
#else
|
||||
if (__HAL_RCC_GET_I2S2_SOURCE() == RCC_I2S2CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* SYSCLK used as source clock for I2S2 */
|
||||
frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check if PLLI2S is enabled */
|
||||
if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLL3ON))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* PLLI2SVCO = 2 * PLLI2SCLK = 2 * (HSE/PREDIV2 * PLL3MUL) */
|
||||
prediv2 = ((RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV2) >> RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV2_Pos) + 1;
|
||||
pll3mul = ((RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PLL3MUL) >> RCC_CFGR2_PLL3MUL_Pos) + 2;
|
||||
frequency = (uint32_t)(2 * ((HSE_VALUE / prediv2) * pll3mul));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
case RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3:
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG)
|
||||
/* SYSCLK used as source clock for I2S3 */
|
||||
frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
|
||||
#else
|
||||
if (__HAL_RCC_GET_I2S3_SOURCE() == RCC_I2S3CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* SYSCLK used as source clock for I2S3 */
|
||||
frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check if PLLI2S is enabled */
|
||||
if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLL3ON))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* PLLI2SVCO = 2 * PLLI2SCLK = 2 * (HSE/PREDIV2 * PLL3MUL) */
|
||||
prediv2 = ((RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV2) >> RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV2_Pos) + 1;
|
||||
pll3mul = ((RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PLL3MUL) >> RCC_CFGR2_PLL3MUL_Pos) + 2;
|
||||
frequency = (uint32_t)(2 * ((HSE_VALUE / prediv2) * pll3mul));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG || STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */
|
||||
case RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC:
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Get RCC BDCR configuration ------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
temp_reg = RCC->BDCR;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if LSE is ready if RTC clock selection is LSE */
|
||||
if (((temp_reg & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL) == RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSE) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(temp_reg, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY)))
|
||||
{
|
||||
frequency = LSE_VALUE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Check if LSI is ready if RTC clock selection is LSI */
|
||||
else if (((temp_reg & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL) == RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSI) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_LSIRDY)))
|
||||
{
|
||||
frequency = LSI_VALUE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (((temp_reg & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL) == RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_HSE_DIV128) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSERDY)))
|
||||
{
|
||||
frequency = HSE_VALUE / 128U;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Clock not enabled for RTC*/
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
frequency = 0U;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
case RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC:
|
||||
{
|
||||
frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq() / (((__HAL_RCC_GET_ADC_SOURCE() >> RCC_CFGR_ADCPRE_Pos) + 1) * 2);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
default:
|
||||
{
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return(frequency);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC)
|
||||
/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 PLLI2S Management function
|
||||
* @brief PLLI2S Management functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Extended PLLI2S Management functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the PLLI2S
|
||||
activation or deactivation
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enable PLLI2S
|
||||
* @param PLLI2SInit pointer to an RCC_PLLI2SInitTypeDef structure that
|
||||
* contains the configuration information for the PLLI2S
|
||||
* @note The PLLI2S configuration not modified if used by I2S2 or I2S3 Interface.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_EnablePLLI2S(RCC_PLLI2SInitTypeDef *PLLI2SInit)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check that PLL I2S has not been already enabled by I2S2 or I2S3*/
|
||||
if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_I2S2SRC) && HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_I2S3SRC))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2S_MUL(PLLI2SInit->PLLI2SMUL));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_RCC_HSE_PREDIV2(PLLI2SInit->HSEPrediv2Value));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Prediv2 can be written only when the PLL2 is disabled. */
|
||||
/* Return an error only if new value is different from the programmed value */
|
||||
if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR,RCC_CR_PLL2ON) && \
|
||||
(__HAL_RCC_HSE_GET_PREDIV2() != PLLI2SInit->HSEPrediv2Value))
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the main PLLI2S. */
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_DISABLE();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get Start Tick*/
|
||||
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait till PLLI2S is ready */
|
||||
while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY) != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLLI2S_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure the HSE prediv2 factor --------------------------------*/
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_HSE_PREDIV2_CONFIG(PLLI2SInit->HSEPrediv2Value);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure the main PLLI2S multiplication factors. */
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_CONFIG(PLLI2SInit->PLLI2SMUL);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the main PLLI2S. */
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_ENABLE();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get Start Tick*/
|
||||
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait till PLLI2S is ready */
|
||||
while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY) == RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLLI2S_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* PLLI2S cannot be modified as already used by I2S2 or I2S3 */
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disable PLLI2S
|
||||
* @note PLLI2S is not disabled if used by I2S2 or I2S3 Interface.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_DisablePLLI2S(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable PLL I2S as not requested by I2S2 or I2S3*/
|
||||
if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_I2S2SRC) && HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_I2S3SRC))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Disable the main PLLI2S. */
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_DISABLE();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get Start Tick*/
|
||||
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait till PLLI2S is ready */
|
||||
while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY) != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLLI2S_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* PLLI2S is currently used by I2S2 or I2S3. Cannot be disabled.*/
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 PLL2 Management function
|
||||
* @brief PLL2 Management functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Extended PLL2 Management functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the PLL2
|
||||
activation or deactivation
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enable PLL2
|
||||
* @param PLL2Init pointer to an RCC_PLL2InitTypeDef structure that
|
||||
* contains the configuration information for the PLL2
|
||||
* @note The PLL2 configuration not modified if used indirectly as system clock.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_EnablePLL2(RCC_PLL2InitTypeDef *PLL2Init)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
|
||||
|
||||
/* This bit can not be cleared if the PLL2 clock is used indirectly as system
|
||||
clock (i.e. it is used as PLL clock entry that is used as system clock). */
|
||||
if((__HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE() == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE) && \
|
||||
(__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK) && \
|
||||
((READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR2,RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC)) == RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC_PLL2))
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL2_MUL(PLL2Init->PLL2MUL));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_RCC_HSE_PREDIV2(PLL2Init->HSEPrediv2Value));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Prediv2 can be written only when the PLLI2S is disabled. */
|
||||
/* Return an error only if new value is different from the programmed value */
|
||||
if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR,RCC_CR_PLL3ON) && \
|
||||
(__HAL_RCC_HSE_GET_PREDIV2() != PLL2Init->HSEPrediv2Value))
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the main PLL2. */
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_PLL2_DISABLE();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get Start Tick*/
|
||||
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait till PLL2 is disabled */
|
||||
while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLL2RDY) != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL2_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure the HSE prediv2 factor --------------------------------*/
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_HSE_PREDIV2_CONFIG(PLL2Init->HSEPrediv2Value);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure the main PLL2 multiplication factors. */
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_PLL2_CONFIG(PLL2Init->PLL2MUL);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the main PLL2. */
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_PLL2_ENABLE();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get Start Tick*/
|
||||
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait till PLL2 is ready */
|
||||
while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLL2RDY) == RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL2_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disable PLL2
|
||||
* @note PLL2 is not disabled if used indirectly as system clock.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_DisablePLL2(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
|
||||
|
||||
/* This bit can not be cleared if the PLL2 clock is used indirectly as system
|
||||
clock (i.e. it is used as PLL clock entry that is used as system clock). */
|
||||
if((__HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE() == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE) && \
|
||||
(__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK) && \
|
||||
((READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR2,RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC)) == RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC_PLL2))
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Disable the main PLL2. */
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_PLL2_DISABLE();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get Start Tick*/
|
||||
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait till PLL2 is disabled */
|
||||
while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLL2RDY) != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL2_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
||||
|
3264
Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_spi.c
Normal file
3264
Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_spi.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
231
Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_spi_ex.c
Normal file
231
Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_spi_ex.c
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,231 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f1xx_hal_spi_ex.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @brief Extended SPI HAL module driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
|
||||
* functionalities SPI extension peripheral:
|
||||
* + Extended Peripheral Control functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup SPI
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup SPI_Private_Variables SPI Private Variables
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
|
||||
/* Variable used to determine if device is impacted by implementation of workaround
|
||||
related to wrong CRC errors detection on SPI2. Conditions in which this workaround has to be applied, are:
|
||||
- STM32F101CDE/STM32F103CDE
|
||||
- Revision ID : Z
|
||||
- SPI2
|
||||
- In receive only mode, with CRC calculation enabled, at the end of the CRC reception,
|
||||
the software needs to check the CRCERR flag. If it is found set, read back the SPI_RXCRC:
|
||||
+ If the value is 0, the complete data transfer is successful.
|
||||
+ Otherwise, one or more errors have been detected during the data transfer by CPU or DMA.
|
||||
If CRCERR is found reset, the complete data transfer is considered successful.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t uCRCErrorWorkaroundCheck = 0U;
|
||||
#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup SPI_Exported_Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup SPI_Exported_Functions_Group1
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initializes the SPI according to the specified parameters
|
||||
* in the SPI_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
|
||||
* @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for SPI module.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Init(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the SPI handle allocation */
|
||||
if(hspi == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_INSTANCE(hspi->Instance));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_SPI_MODE(hspi->Init.Mode));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION(hspi->Init.Direction));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_SPI_DATASIZE(hspi->Init.DataSize));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_SPI_CPOL(hspi->Init.CLKPolarity));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_SPI_CPHA(hspi->Init.CLKPhase));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_SPI_NSS(hspi->Init.NSS));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_SPI_BAUDRATE_PRESCALER(hspi->Init.BaudRatePrescaler));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_SPI_FIRST_BIT(hspi->Init.FirstBit));
|
||||
|
||||
#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
|
||||
assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC_CALCULATION(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation));
|
||||
if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(hspi->Init.CRCPolynomial));
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
hspi->Init.CRCCalculation = SPI_CRCCALCULATION_DISABLE;
|
||||
#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
|
||||
|
||||
if(hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */
|
||||
HAL_SPI_MspInit(hspi);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disble the selected SPI peripheral */
|
||||
__HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
|
||||
|
||||
/*----------------------- SPIx CR1 & CR2 Configuration ---------------------*/
|
||||
/* Configure : SPI Mode, Communication Mode, Data size, Clock polarity and phase, NSS management,
|
||||
Communication speed, First bit and CRC calculation state */
|
||||
WRITE_REG(hspi->Instance->CR1, (hspi->Init.Mode | hspi->Init.Direction | hspi->Init.DataSize |
|
||||
hspi->Init.CLKPolarity | hspi->Init.CLKPhase | (hspi->Init.NSS & SPI_CR1_SSM) |
|
||||
hspi->Init.BaudRatePrescaler | hspi->Init.FirstBit | hspi->Init.CRCCalculation) );
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure : NSS management */
|
||||
WRITE_REG(hspi->Instance->CR2, (((hspi->Init.NSS >> 16U) & SPI_CR2_SSOE) | hspi->Init.TIMode));
|
||||
|
||||
/*---------------------------- SPIx CRCPOLY Configuration ------------------*/
|
||||
/* Configure : CRC Polynomial */
|
||||
WRITE_REG(hspi->Instance->CRCPR, hspi->Init.CRCPolynomial);
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD)
|
||||
/* Activate the SPI mode (Make sure that I2SMOD bit in I2SCFGR register is reset) */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->I2SCFGR, SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD);
|
||||
#endif /* SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD */
|
||||
|
||||
#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
|
||||
#if defined (STM32F101xE) || defined (STM32F103xE)
|
||||
/* Check RevisionID value for identifying if Device is Rev Z (0x0001) in order to enable workaround for
|
||||
CRC errors wrongly detected */
|
||||
/* Pb is that ES_STM32F10xxCDE also identify an issue in Debug registers access while not in Debug mode.
|
||||
Revision ID information is only available in Debug mode, so Workaround could not be implemented
|
||||
to distinguish Rev Z devices (issue present) from more recent version (issue fixed).
|
||||
So, in case of Revison Z F101 or F103 devices, below variable should be assigned to 1 */
|
||||
uCRCErrorWorkaroundCheck = 0U;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
uCRCErrorWorkaroundCheck = 0U;
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F101xE || STM32F103xE */
|
||||
#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
|
||||
|
||||
hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
|
||||
hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup SPI_Private_Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Checks if encountered CRC error could be corresponding to wrongly detected errors
|
||||
* according to SPI instance, Device type, and revision ID.
|
||||
* @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for SPI module.
|
||||
* @retval CRC error validity (SPI_INVALID_CRC_ERROR or SPI_VALID_CRC_ERROR).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t SPI_ISCRCErrorValid(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if defined(STM32F101xE) || defined(STM32F103xE)
|
||||
/* Check how to handle this CRC error (workaround to be applied or not) */
|
||||
/* If CRC errors could be wrongly detected (issue 2.15.2 in STM32F10xxC/D/E silicon limitations ES (DocID14732 Rev 13) */
|
||||
if((uCRCErrorWorkaroundCheck != 0U) && (hspi->Instance == SPI2))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(hspi->Instance->RXCRCR == 0U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (SPI_INVALID_CRC_ERROR);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return (SPI_VALID_CRC_ERROR);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hspi);
|
||||
|
||||
return (SPI_VALID_CRC_ERROR);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
5391
Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_tim.c
Normal file
5391
Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_tim.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
1773
Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_tim_ex.c
Normal file
1773
Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_tim_ex.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
|
@ -1,230 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f1xx_ll_exti.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @brief EXTI LL module driver.
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f1xx_ll_exti.h"
|
||||
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
|
||||
#include "stm32_assert.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_LL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined (EXTI)
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup EXTI_LL EXTI
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup EXTI_LL_Private_Macros
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_EXTI_LINE_0_31(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) & ~LL_EXTI_LINE_ALL_0_31) == 0x00000000U)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_EXTI_MODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_MODE_IT) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_MODE_EVENT) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_MODE_IT_EVENT))
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_EXTI_TRIGGER(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING))
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup EXTI_LL_Exported_Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup EXTI_LL_EF_Init
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief De-initialize the EXTI registers to their default reset values.
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: EXTI registers are de-initialized
|
||||
* - ERROR: not applicable
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t LL_EXTI_DeInit(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Interrupt mask register set to default reset values */
|
||||
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(IMR, 0x00000000U);
|
||||
/* Event mask register set to default reset values */
|
||||
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(EMR, 0x00000000U);
|
||||
/* Rising Trigger selection register set to default reset values */
|
||||
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(RTSR, 0x00000000U);
|
||||
/* Falling Trigger selection register set to default reset values */
|
||||
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(FTSR, 0x00000000U);
|
||||
/* Software interrupt event register set to default reset values */
|
||||
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(SWIER, 0x00000000U);
|
||||
/* Pending register clear */
|
||||
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(PR, 0x000FFFFFU);
|
||||
|
||||
return SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initialize the EXTI registers according to the specified parameters in EXTI_InitStruct.
|
||||
* @param EXTI_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef structure.
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: EXTI registers are initialized
|
||||
* - ERROR: not applicable
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t LL_EXTI_Init(LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef *EXTI_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_EXTI_LINE_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(EXTI_InitStruct->LineCommand));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_EXTI_MODE(EXTI_InitStruct->Mode));
|
||||
|
||||
/* ENABLE LineCommand */
|
||||
if (EXTI_InitStruct->LineCommand != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_EXTI_TRIGGER(EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure EXTI Lines in range from 0 to 31 */
|
||||
if (EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31 != LL_EXTI_LINE_NONE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (EXTI_InitStruct->Mode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case LL_EXTI_MODE_IT:
|
||||
/* First Disable Event on provided Lines */
|
||||
LL_EXTI_DisableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
|
||||
/* Then Enable IT on provided Lines */
|
||||
LL_EXTI_EnableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case LL_EXTI_MODE_EVENT:
|
||||
/* First Disable IT on provided Lines */
|
||||
LL_EXTI_DisableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
|
||||
/* Then Enable Event on provided Lines */
|
||||
LL_EXTI_EnableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case LL_EXTI_MODE_IT_EVENT:
|
||||
/* Directly Enable IT & Event on provided Lines */
|
||||
LL_EXTI_EnableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
|
||||
LL_EXTI_EnableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
status = ERROR;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger != LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING:
|
||||
/* First Disable Falling Trigger on provided Lines */
|
||||
LL_EXTI_DisableFallingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
|
||||
/* Then Enable Rising Trigger on provided Lines */
|
||||
LL_EXTI_EnableRisingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING:
|
||||
/* First Disable Rising Trigger on provided Lines */
|
||||
LL_EXTI_DisableRisingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
|
||||
/* Then Enable Falling Trigger on provided Lines */
|
||||
LL_EXTI_EnableFallingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING:
|
||||
LL_EXTI_EnableRisingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
|
||||
LL_EXTI_EnableFallingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
status = ERROR;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* DISABLE LineCommand */
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* De-configure EXTI Lines in range from 0 to 31 */
|
||||
LL_EXTI_DisableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
|
||||
LL_EXTI_DisableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set each @ref LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef field to default value.
|
||||
* @param EXTI_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef structure.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void LL_EXTI_StructInit(LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef *EXTI_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31 = LL_EXTI_LINE_NONE;
|
||||
EXTI_InitStruct->LineCommand = DISABLE;
|
||||
EXTI_InitStruct->Mode = LL_EXTI_MODE_IT;
|
||||
EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger = LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* defined (EXTI) */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
|
@ -1,268 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f1xx_ll_gpio.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @brief GPIO LL module driver.
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f1xx_ll_gpio.h"
|
||||
#include "stm32f1xx_ll_bus.h"
|
||||
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
|
||||
#include "stm32_assert.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_LL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined (GPIOA) || defined (GPIOB) || defined (GPIOC) || defined (GPIOD) || defined (GPIOE) || defined (GPIOF) || defined (GPIOG)
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup GPIO_LL
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup GPIO_LL_Private_Macros
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_GPIO_PIN(__VALUE__) ((((__VALUE__) & LL_GPIO_PIN_ALL)!= 0U) &&\
|
||||
(((__VALUE__) & (~LL_GPIO_PIN_ALL))== 0U))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_GPIO_MODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_ANALOG) ||\
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_FLOATING) ||\
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_INPUT) ||\
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT) ||\
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_ALTERNATE))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_GPIO_SPEED(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_LOW) ||\
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_MEDIUM) ||\
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_HIGH))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_PUSHPULL) ||\
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_OPENDRAIN))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_GPIO_PULL(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_PULL_DOWN) ||\
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_PULL_UP))
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup GPIO_LL_Exported_Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup GPIO_LL_EF_Init
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief De-initialize GPIO registers (Registers restored to their default values).
|
||||
* @param GPIOx GPIO Port
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: GPIO registers are de-initialized
|
||||
* - ERROR: Wrong GPIO Port
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ErrorStatus LL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Force and Release reset on clock of GPIOx Port */
|
||||
if (GPIOx == GPIOA)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOA);
|
||||
LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOA);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (GPIOx == GPIOB)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOB);
|
||||
LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOB);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (GPIOx == GPIOC)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOC);
|
||||
LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOC);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (GPIOx == GPIOD)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOD);
|
||||
LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOD);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#if defined(GPIOE)
|
||||
else if (GPIOx == GPIOE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOE);
|
||||
LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if defined(GPIOF)
|
||||
else if (GPIOx == GPIOF)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOF);
|
||||
LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOF);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if defined(GPIOG)
|
||||
else if (GPIOx == GPIOG)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOG);
|
||||
LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOG);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return (status);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initialize GPIO registers according to the specified parameters in GPIO_InitStruct.
|
||||
* @param GPIOx GPIO Port
|
||||
* @param GPIO_InitStruct: pointer to a @ref LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
|
||||
* that contains the configuration information for the specified GPIO peripheral.
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: GPIO registers are initialized according to GPIO_InitStruct content
|
||||
* - ERROR: Not applicable
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ErrorStatus LL_GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t pinmask;
|
||||
uint32_t pinpos;
|
||||
uint32_t currentpin;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_InitStruct->Pin));
|
||||
|
||||
/* ------------------------- Configure the port pins ---------------- */
|
||||
/* Initialize pinpos on first pin set */
|
||||
|
||||
pinmask = ((GPIO_InitStruct->Pin) << GPIO_PIN_MASK_POS) >> GPIO_PIN_NB;
|
||||
pinpos = POSITION_VAL(pinmask);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure the port pins */
|
||||
while ((pinmask >> pinpos) != 0U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* skip if bit is not set */
|
||||
if ((pinmask & (1U << pinpos)) != 0U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Get current io position */
|
||||
if (pinpos < GPIO_PIN_MASK_POS)
|
||||
{
|
||||
currentpin = (0x00000101U << pinpos);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
currentpin = ((0x00010001U << (pinpos - GPIO_PIN_MASK_POS)) | 0x04000000U);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check Pin Mode and Pin Pull parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_InitStruct->Mode));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_PULL(GPIO_InitStruct->Pull));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Pin Mode configuration */
|
||||
LL_GPIO_SetPinMode(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Mode);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Pull-up Pull-down resistor configuration*/
|
||||
LL_GPIO_SetPinPull(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Pull);
|
||||
|
||||
if ((GPIO_InitStruct->Mode == LL_GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT) || (GPIO_InitStruct->Mode == LL_GPIO_MODE_ALTERNATE))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check speed and Output mode parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_InitStruct->Speed));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE(GPIO_InitStruct->OutputType));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Speed mode configuration */
|
||||
LL_GPIO_SetPinSpeed(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Speed);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Output mode configuration*/
|
||||
LL_GPIO_SetPinOutputType(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->OutputType);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
pinpos++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return (SUCCESS);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set each @ref LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef field to default value.
|
||||
* @param GPIO_InitStruct: pointer to a @ref LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
|
||||
* whose fields will be set to default values.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void LL_GPIO_StructInit(LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Reset GPIO init structure parameters values */
|
||||
GPIO_InitStruct->Pin = LL_GPIO_PIN_ALL;
|
||||
GPIO_InitStruct->Mode = LL_GPIO_MODE_FLOATING;
|
||||
GPIO_InitStruct->Speed = LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_LOW;
|
||||
GPIO_InitStruct->OutputType = LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_OPENDRAIN;
|
||||
GPIO_InitStruct->Pull = LL_GPIO_PULL_DOWN;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* defined (GPIOA) || defined (GPIOB) || defined (GPIOC) || defined (GPIOD) || defined (GPIOE) || defined (GPIOF) || defined (GPIOG) */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
|
@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f1xx_ll_pwr.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @brief PWR LL module driver.
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f1xx_ll_pwr.h"
|
||||
#include "stm32f1xx_ll_bus.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_LL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(PWR)
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup PWR_LL PWR
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup PWR_LL_Exported_Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup PWR_LL_EF_Init
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief De-initialize the PWR registers to their default reset values.
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: PWR registers are de-initialized
|
||||
* - ERROR: not applicable
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ErrorStatus LL_PWR_DeInit(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Force reset of PWR clock */
|
||||
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_PWR);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Release reset of PWR clock */
|
||||
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_PWR);
|
||||
|
||||
return SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#endif /* defined(PWR) */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
|
@ -1,489 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f1xx_ll_rcc.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @brief RCC LL module driver.
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f1xx_ll_rcc.h"
|
||||
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
|
||||
#include "stm32_assert.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
|
||||
#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_LL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(RCC)
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup RCC_LL RCC
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup RCC_LL_Private_Macros
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined(RCC_PLLI2S_SUPPORT)
|
||||
#define IS_LL_RCC_I2S_CLKSOURCE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_I2S2_CLKSOURCE) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_I2S3_CLKSOURCE))
|
||||
#endif /* RCC_PLLI2S_SUPPORT */
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(USB) || defined(USB_OTG_FS)
|
||||
#define IS_LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE))
|
||||
#endif /* USB */
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_RCC_ADC_CLKSOURCE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_ADC_CLKSOURCE))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @defgroup RCC_LL_Private_Functions RCC Private functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t RCC_GetSystemClockFreq(void);
|
||||
uint32_t RCC_GetHCLKClockFreq(uint32_t SYSCLK_Frequency);
|
||||
uint32_t RCC_GetPCLK1ClockFreq(uint32_t HCLK_Frequency);
|
||||
uint32_t RCC_GetPCLK2ClockFreq(uint32_t HCLK_Frequency);
|
||||
uint32_t RCC_PLL_GetFreqDomain_SYS(void);
|
||||
#if defined(RCC_PLLI2S_SUPPORT)
|
||||
uint32_t RCC_PLLI2S_GetFreqDomain_I2S(void);
|
||||
#endif /* RCC_PLLI2S_SUPPORT */
|
||||
#if defined(RCC_PLL2_SUPPORT)
|
||||
uint32_t RCC_PLL2_GetFreqClockFreq(void);
|
||||
#endif /* RCC_PLL2_SUPPORT */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup RCC_LL_Exported_Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup RCC_LL_EF_Init
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Reset the RCC clock configuration to the default reset state.
|
||||
* @note The default reset state of the clock configuration is given below:
|
||||
* - HSI ON and used as system clock source
|
||||
* - HSE PLL, PLL2 & PLL3 are OFF
|
||||
* - AHB, APB1 and APB2 prescaler set to 1.
|
||||
* - CSS, MCO OFF
|
||||
* - All interrupts disabled
|
||||
* @note This function doesn't modify the configuration of the
|
||||
* - Peripheral clocks
|
||||
* - LSI, LSE and RTC clocks
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: RCC registers are de-initialized
|
||||
* - ERROR: not applicable
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ErrorStatus LL_RCC_DeInit(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set HSION bit */
|
||||
LL_RCC_HSI_Enable();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for HSI READY bit */
|
||||
while(LL_RCC_HSI_IsReady() != 1U)
|
||||
{}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure HSI as system clock source */
|
||||
LL_RCC_SetSysClkSource(LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_HSI);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait till clock switch is ready */
|
||||
while (LL_RCC_GetSysClkSource() != LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSI)
|
||||
{}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset PLLON bit */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLON);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for PLL READY bit to be reset */
|
||||
while(LL_RCC_PLL_IsReady() != 0U)
|
||||
{}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset CFGR register */
|
||||
LL_RCC_WriteReg(CFGR, 0x00000000U);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset HSEON, HSEBYP & CSSON bits */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CR, (RCC_CR_CSSON | RCC_CR_HSEON | RCC_CR_HSEBYP));
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(RCC_CR_PLL2ON)
|
||||
/* Reset PLL2ON bit */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLL2ON);
|
||||
#endif /* RCC_CR_PLL2ON */
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(RCC_CR_PLL3ON)
|
||||
/* Reset PLL3ON bit */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLL3ON);
|
||||
#endif /* RCC_CR_PLL3ON */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set HSITRIM bits to the reset value */
|
||||
LL_RCC_HSI_SetCalibTrimming(0x10U);
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1)
|
||||
/* Reset CFGR2 register */
|
||||
LL_RCC_WriteReg(CFGR2, 0x00000000U);
|
||||
#endif /* RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable all interrupts */
|
||||
LL_RCC_WriteReg(CIR, 0x00000000U);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear reset flags */
|
||||
LL_RCC_ClearResetFlags();
|
||||
|
||||
return SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup RCC_LL_EF_Get_Freq
|
||||
* @brief Return the frequencies of different on chip clocks; System, AHB, APB1 and APB2 buses clocks
|
||||
* and different peripheral clocks available on the device.
|
||||
* @note If SYSCLK source is HSI, function returns values based on HSI_VALUE(**)
|
||||
* @note If SYSCLK source is HSE, function returns values based on HSE_VALUE(***)
|
||||
* @note If SYSCLK source is PLL, function returns values based on
|
||||
* HSI_VALUE(**) or HSE_VALUE(***) multiplied/divided by the PLL factors.
|
||||
* @note (**) HSI_VALUE is a defined constant but the real value may vary
|
||||
* depending on the variations in voltage and temperature.
|
||||
* @note (***) HSE_VALUE is a defined constant, user has to ensure that
|
||||
* HSE_VALUE is same as the real frequency of the crystal used.
|
||||
* Otherwise, this function may have wrong result.
|
||||
* @note The result of this function could be incorrect when using fractional
|
||||
* value for HSE crystal.
|
||||
* @note This function can be used by the user application to compute the
|
||||
* baud-rate for the communication peripherals or configure other parameters.
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Return the frequencies of different on chip clocks; System, AHB, APB1 and APB2 buses clocks
|
||||
* @note Each time SYSCLK, HCLK, PCLK1 and/or PCLK2 clock changes, this function
|
||||
* must be called to update structure fields. Otherwise, any
|
||||
* configuration based on this function will be incorrect.
|
||||
* @param RCC_Clocks pointer to a @ref LL_RCC_ClocksTypeDef structure which will hold the clocks frequencies
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(LL_RCC_ClocksTypeDef *RCC_Clocks)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Get SYSCLK frequency */
|
||||
RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = RCC_GetSystemClockFreq();
|
||||
|
||||
/* HCLK clock frequency */
|
||||
RCC_Clocks->HCLK_Frequency = RCC_GetHCLKClockFreq(RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency);
|
||||
|
||||
/* PCLK1 clock frequency */
|
||||
RCC_Clocks->PCLK1_Frequency = RCC_GetPCLK1ClockFreq(RCC_Clocks->HCLK_Frequency);
|
||||
|
||||
/* PCLK2 clock frequency */
|
||||
RCC_Clocks->PCLK2_Frequency = RCC_GetPCLK2ClockFreq(RCC_Clocks->HCLK_Frequency);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(RCC_CFGR2_I2S2SRC)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Return I2Sx clock frequency
|
||||
* @param I2SxSource This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_RCC_I2S2_CLKSOURCE
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_RCC_I2S3_CLKSOURCE
|
||||
* @retval I2S clock frequency (in Hz)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t LL_RCC_GetI2SClockFreq(uint32_t I2SxSource)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t i2s_frequency = LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check parameter */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RCC_I2S_CLKSOURCE(I2SxSource));
|
||||
|
||||
/* I2S1CLK clock frequency */
|
||||
switch (LL_RCC_GetI2SClockSource(I2SxSource))
|
||||
{
|
||||
case LL_RCC_I2S2_CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK: /*!< System clock selected as I2S clock source */
|
||||
case LL_RCC_I2S3_CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK:
|
||||
i2s_frequency = RCC_GetSystemClockFreq();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case LL_RCC_I2S2_CLKSOURCE_PLLI2S_VCO: /*!< PLLI2S oscillator clock selected as I2S clock source */
|
||||
case LL_RCC_I2S3_CLKSOURCE_PLLI2S_VCO:
|
||||
default:
|
||||
i2s_frequency = RCC_PLLI2S_GetFreqDomain_I2S() * 2U;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return i2s_frequency;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* RCC_CFGR2_I2S2SRC */
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(USB) || defined(USB_OTG_FS)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Return USBx clock frequency
|
||||
* @param USBxSource This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE
|
||||
* @retval USB clock frequency (in Hz)
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO indicates that oscillator (HSI), HSE or PLL is not ready
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t LL_RCC_GetUSBClockFreq(uint32_t USBxSource)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t usb_frequency = LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check parameter */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE(USBxSource));
|
||||
|
||||
/* USBCLK clock frequency */
|
||||
switch (LL_RCC_GetUSBClockSource(USBxSource))
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if defined(RCC_CFGR_USBPRE)
|
||||
case LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE_PLL: /* PLL clock used as USB clock source */
|
||||
if (LL_RCC_PLL_IsReady())
|
||||
{
|
||||
usb_frequency = RCC_PLL_GetFreqDomain_SYS();
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE_PLL_DIV_1_5: /* PLL clock divided by 1.5 used as USB clock source */
|
||||
default:
|
||||
if (LL_RCC_PLL_IsReady())
|
||||
{
|
||||
usb_frequency = (RCC_PLL_GetFreqDomain_SYS() * 3U) / 2U;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif /* RCC_CFGR_USBPRE */
|
||||
#if defined(RCC_CFGR_OTGFSPRE)
|
||||
/* USBCLK = PLLVCO/2
|
||||
= (2 x PLLCLK) / 2
|
||||
= PLLCLK */
|
||||
case LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE_PLL_DIV_2: /* PLL clock used as USB clock source */
|
||||
if (LL_RCC_PLL_IsReady())
|
||||
{
|
||||
usb_frequency = RCC_PLL_GetFreqDomain_SYS();
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
/* USBCLK = PLLVCO/3
|
||||
= (2 x PLLCLK) / 3 */
|
||||
case LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE_PLL_DIV_3: /* PLL clock divided by 3 used as USB clock source */
|
||||
default:
|
||||
if (LL_RCC_PLL_IsReady())
|
||||
{
|
||||
usb_frequency = (RCC_PLL_GetFreqDomain_SYS() * 2U) / 3U;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif /* RCC_CFGR_OTGFSPRE */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return usb_frequency;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* USB */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Return ADCx clock frequency
|
||||
* @param ADCxSource This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_RCC_ADC_CLKSOURCE
|
||||
* @retval ADC clock frequency (in Hz)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t LL_RCC_GetADCClockFreq(uint32_t ADCxSource)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t adc_prescaler = 0U;
|
||||
uint32_t adc_frequency = 0U;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check parameter */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RCC_ADC_CLKSOURCE(ADCxSource));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get ADC prescaler */
|
||||
adc_prescaler = LL_RCC_GetADCClockSource(ADCxSource);
|
||||
|
||||
/* ADC frequency = PCLK2 frequency / ADC prescaler (2, 4, 6 or 8) */
|
||||
adc_frequency = RCC_GetPCLK2ClockFreq(RCC_GetHCLKClockFreq(RCC_GetSystemClockFreq()))
|
||||
/ (((adc_prescaler >> POSITION_VAL(ADCxSource)) + 1U) * 2U);
|
||||
|
||||
return adc_frequency;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup RCC_LL_Private_Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Return SYSTEM clock frequency
|
||||
* @retval SYSTEM clock frequency (in Hz)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t RCC_GetSystemClockFreq(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t frequency = 0U;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get SYSCLK source -------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
switch (LL_RCC_GetSysClkSource())
|
||||
{
|
||||
case LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSI: /* HSI used as system clock source */
|
||||
frequency = HSI_VALUE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSE: /* HSE used as system clock source */
|
||||
frequency = HSE_VALUE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLL: /* PLL used as system clock source */
|
||||
frequency = RCC_PLL_GetFreqDomain_SYS();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
frequency = HSI_VALUE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return frequency;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Return HCLK clock frequency
|
||||
* @param SYSCLK_Frequency SYSCLK clock frequency
|
||||
* @retval HCLK clock frequency (in Hz)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t RCC_GetHCLKClockFreq(uint32_t SYSCLK_Frequency)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* HCLK clock frequency */
|
||||
return __LL_RCC_CALC_HCLK_FREQ(SYSCLK_Frequency, LL_RCC_GetAHBPrescaler());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Return PCLK1 clock frequency
|
||||
* @param HCLK_Frequency HCLK clock frequency
|
||||
* @retval PCLK1 clock frequency (in Hz)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t RCC_GetPCLK1ClockFreq(uint32_t HCLK_Frequency)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* PCLK1 clock frequency */
|
||||
return __LL_RCC_CALC_PCLK1_FREQ(HCLK_Frequency, LL_RCC_GetAPB1Prescaler());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Return PCLK2 clock frequency
|
||||
* @param HCLK_Frequency HCLK clock frequency
|
||||
* @retval PCLK2 clock frequency (in Hz)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t RCC_GetPCLK2ClockFreq(uint32_t HCLK_Frequency)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* PCLK2 clock frequency */
|
||||
return __LL_RCC_CALC_PCLK2_FREQ(HCLK_Frequency, LL_RCC_GetAPB2Prescaler());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Return PLL clock frequency used for system domain
|
||||
* @retval PLL clock frequency (in Hz)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t RCC_PLL_GetFreqDomain_SYS(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t pllinputfreq = 0U, pllsource = 0U;
|
||||
|
||||
/* PLL_VCO = (HSE_VALUE, HSI_VALUE or PLL2 / PLL Predivider) * PLL Multiplicator */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get PLL source */
|
||||
pllsource = LL_RCC_PLL_GetMainSource();
|
||||
|
||||
switch (pllsource)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI_DIV_2: /* HSI used as PLL clock source */
|
||||
pllinputfreq = HSI_VALUE / 2U;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE: /* HSE used as PLL clock source */
|
||||
pllinputfreq = HSE_VALUE / (LL_RCC_PLL_GetPrediv() + 1U);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(RCC_PLL2_SUPPORT)
|
||||
case LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_PLL2: /* PLL2 used as PLL clock source */
|
||||
pllinputfreq = RCC_PLL2_GetFreqClockFreq() / (LL_RCC_PLL_GetPrediv() + 1U);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif /* RCC_PLL2_SUPPORT */
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
pllinputfreq = HSI_VALUE / 2U;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return __LL_RCC_CALC_PLLCLK_FREQ(pllinputfreq, LL_RCC_PLL_GetMultiplicator());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(RCC_PLL2_SUPPORT)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Return PLL clock frequency used for system domain
|
||||
* @retval PLL clock frequency (in Hz)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t RCC_PLL2_GetFreqClockFreq(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return __LL_RCC_CALC_PLL2CLK_FREQ(HSE_VALUE, LL_RCC_PLL2_GetMultiplicator(), LL_RCC_HSE_GetPrediv2());
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* RCC_PLL2_SUPPORT */
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(RCC_PLLI2S_SUPPORT)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Return PLL clock frequency used for system domain
|
||||
* @retval PLL clock frequency (in Hz)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t RCC_PLLI2S_GetFreqDomain_I2S(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return __LL_RCC_CALC_PLLI2SCLK_FREQ(HSE_VALUE, LL_RCC_PLLI2S_GetMultiplicator(), LL_RCC_HSE_GetPrediv2());
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* RCC_PLLI2S_SUPPORT */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* defined(RCC) */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
|
@ -1,621 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f1xx_ll_utils.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @brief UTILS LL module driver.
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f1xx_ll_rcc.h"
|
||||
#include "stm32f1xx_ll_utils.h"
|
||||
#include "stm32f1xx_ll_system.h"
|
||||
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
|
||||
#include "stm32_assert.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_LL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_Private_Constants
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Defines used for PLL range */
|
||||
#define UTILS_PLL_OUTPUT_MAX RCC_MAX_FREQUENCY /*!< Frequency max for PLL output, in Hz */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Defines used for HSE range */
|
||||
#define UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY_MIN RCC_HSE_MIN /*!< Frequency min for HSE frequency, in Hz */
|
||||
#define UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY_MAX RCC_HSE_MAX /*!< Frequency max for HSE frequency, in Hz */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Defines used for FLASH latency according to HCLK Frequency */
|
||||
#if defined(FLASH_ACR_LATENCY)
|
||||
#define UTILS_LATENCY1_FREQ 24000000U /*!< SYSCLK frequency to set FLASH latency 1 */
|
||||
#define UTILS_LATENCY2_FREQ 48000000U /*!< SYSCLK frequency to set FLASH latency 2 */
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/*!< No Latency Configuration in this device */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_Private_Macros
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define IS_LL_UTILS_SYSCLK_DIV(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_1) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_2) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_4) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_8) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_16) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_64) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_128) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_256) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_512))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_UTILS_APB1_DIV(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_1) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_2) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_4) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_8) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_16))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_UTILS_APB2_DIV(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB2_DIV_1) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB2_DIV_2) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB2_DIV_4) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB2_DIV_8) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB2_DIV_16))
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL6_5)
|
||||
#define IS_LL_UTILS_PLLMUL_VALUE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_4) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_5) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_6) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_7) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_8) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_9) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_6_5))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define IS_LL_UTILS_PLLMUL_VALUE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_2) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_3) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_4) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_5) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_6) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_7) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_8) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_9) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_10) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_11) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_12) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_13) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_14) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_15) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_16))
|
||||
#endif /* RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL6_5 */
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1)
|
||||
#define IS_LL_UTILS_PREDIV_VALUE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_1) || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_2) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_3) || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_4) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_5) || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_6) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_7) || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_8) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_9) || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_10) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_11) || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_12) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_13) || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_14) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_15) || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_16))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define IS_LL_UTILS_PREDIV_VALUE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_1) || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_2))
|
||||
#endif /*RCC_PREDIV1_DIV_2_16_SUPPORT*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_UTILS_PLL_FREQUENCY(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= UTILS_PLL_OUTPUT_MAX)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_UTILS_HSE_BYPASS(__STATE__) (((__STATE__) == LL_UTILS_HSEBYPASS_ON) \
|
||||
|| ((__STATE__) == LL_UTILS_HSEBYPASS_OFF))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY(__FREQUENCY__) (((__FREQUENCY__) >= UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY_MIN) && ((__FREQUENCY__) <= UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY_MAX))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @defgroup UTILS_LL_Private_Functions UTILS Private functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static uint32_t UTILS_GetPLLOutputFrequency(uint32_t PLL_InputFrequency,
|
||||
LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef *UTILS_PLLInitStruct);
|
||||
#if defined(FLASH_ACR_LATENCY)
|
||||
static ErrorStatus UTILS_SetFlashLatency(uint32_t Frequency);
|
||||
#endif /* FLASH_ACR_LATENCY */
|
||||
static ErrorStatus UTILS_EnablePLLAndSwitchSystem(uint32_t SYSCLK_Frequency, LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef *UTILS_ClkInitStruct);
|
||||
static ErrorStatus UTILS_PLL_IsBusy(void);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_Exported_Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_EF_DELAY
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function configures the Cortex-M SysTick source to have 1ms time base.
|
||||
* @note When a RTOS is used, it is recommended to avoid changing the Systick
|
||||
* configuration by calling this function, for a delay use rather osDelay RTOS service.
|
||||
* @param HCLKFrequency HCLK frequency in Hz
|
||||
* @note HCLK frequency can be calculated thanks to RCC helper macro or function @ref LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void LL_Init1msTick(uint32_t HCLKFrequency)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Use frequency provided in argument */
|
||||
LL_InitTick(HCLKFrequency, 1000U);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function provides accurate delay (in milliseconds) based
|
||||
* on SysTick counter flag
|
||||
* @note When a RTOS is used, it is recommended to avoid using blocking delay
|
||||
* and use rather osDelay service.
|
||||
* @note To respect 1ms timebase, user should call @ref LL_Init1msTick function which
|
||||
* will configure Systick to 1ms
|
||||
* @param Delay specifies the delay time length, in milliseconds.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void LL_mDelay(uint32_t Delay)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__IO uint32_t tmp = SysTick->CTRL; /* Clear the COUNTFLAG first */
|
||||
/* Add this code to indicate that local variable is not used */
|
||||
((void)tmp);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Add a period to guaranty minimum wait */
|
||||
if (Delay < LL_MAX_DELAY)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Delay++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
while (Delay)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((SysTick->CTRL & SysTick_CTRL_COUNTFLAG_Msk) != 0U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Delay--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup UTILS_EF_SYSTEM
|
||||
* @brief System Configuration functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### System Configuration functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
System, AHB and APB buses clocks configuration
|
||||
|
||||
(+) The maximum frequency of the SYSCLK, HCLK, PCLK1 and PCLK2 is RCC_MAX_FREQUENCY Hz.
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
@internal
|
||||
Depending on the SYSCLK frequency, the flash latency should be adapted accordingly:
|
||||
(++) +-----------------------------------------------+
|
||||
(++) | Latency | SYSCLK clock frequency (MHz) |
|
||||
(++) |---------------|-------------------------------|
|
||||
(++) |0WS(1CPU cycle)| 0 < SYSCLK <= 24 |
|
||||
(++) |---------------|-------------------------------|
|
||||
(++) |1WS(2CPU cycle)| 24 < SYSCLK <= 48 |
|
||||
(++) |---------------|-------------------------------|
|
||||
(++) |2WS(3CPU cycle)| 48 < SYSCLK <= 72 |
|
||||
(++) +-----------------------------------------------+
|
||||
@endinternal
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function sets directly SystemCoreClock CMSIS variable.
|
||||
* @note Variable can be calculated also through SystemCoreClockUpdate function.
|
||||
* @param HCLKFrequency HCLK frequency in Hz (can be calculated thanks to RCC helper macro)
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void LL_SetSystemCoreClock(uint32_t HCLKFrequency)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* HCLK clock frequency */
|
||||
SystemCoreClock = HCLKFrequency;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function configures system clock with HSI as clock source of the PLL
|
||||
* @note The application need to ensure that PLL is disabled.
|
||||
* @note Function is based on the following formula:
|
||||
* - PLL output frequency = ((HSI frequency / PREDIV) * PLLMUL)
|
||||
* - PREDIV: Set to 2 for few devices
|
||||
* - PLLMUL: The application software must set correctly the PLL multiplication factor to
|
||||
* not exceed 72MHz
|
||||
* @note FLASH latency can be modified through this function.
|
||||
* @param UTILS_PLLInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the PLL.
|
||||
* @param UTILS_ClkInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the BUS prescalers.
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: Max frequency configuration done
|
||||
* - ERROR: Max frequency configuration not done
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ErrorStatus LL_PLL_ConfigSystemClock_HSI(LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef *UTILS_PLLInitStruct,
|
||||
LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef *UTILS_ClkInitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
|
||||
uint32_t pllfreq = 0U;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if one of the PLL is enabled */
|
||||
if (UTILS_PLL_IsBusy() == SUCCESS)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if defined(RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT)
|
||||
/* Check PREDIV value */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PREDIV_VALUE(UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLDiv));
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/* Force PREDIV value to 2 */
|
||||
UTILS_PLLInitStruct->Prediv = LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_2;
|
||||
#endif /*RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT*/
|
||||
/* Calculate the new PLL output frequency */
|
||||
pllfreq = UTILS_GetPLLOutputFrequency(HSI_VALUE, UTILS_PLLInitStruct);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable HSI if not enabled */
|
||||
if (LL_RCC_HSI_IsReady() != 1U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LL_RCC_HSI_Enable();
|
||||
while (LL_RCC_HSI_IsReady() != 1U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Wait for HSI ready */
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure PLL */
|
||||
LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_SYS(LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI_DIV_2, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLMul);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable PLL and switch system clock to PLL */
|
||||
status = UTILS_EnablePLLAndSwitchSystem(pllfreq, UTILS_ClkInitStruct);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Current PLL configuration cannot be modified */
|
||||
status = ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function configures system clock with HSE as clock source of the PLL
|
||||
* @note The application need to ensure that PLL is disabled.
|
||||
* @note Function is based on the following formula:
|
||||
* - PLL output frequency = ((HSI frequency / PREDIV) * PLLMUL)
|
||||
* - PREDIV: Set to 2 for few devices
|
||||
* - PLLMUL: The application software must set correctly the PLL multiplication factor to
|
||||
* not exceed @ref UTILS_PLL_OUTPUT_MAX
|
||||
* @note FLASH latency can be modified through this function.
|
||||
* @param HSEFrequency Value between Min_Data = RCC_HSE_MIN and Max_Data = RCC_HSE_MAX
|
||||
* @param HSEBypass This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_UTILS_HSEBYPASS_ON
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_UTILS_HSEBYPASS_OFF
|
||||
* @param UTILS_PLLInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the PLL.
|
||||
* @param UTILS_ClkInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the BUS prescalers.
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: Max frequency configuration done
|
||||
* - ERROR: Max frequency configuration not done
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ErrorStatus LL_PLL_ConfigSystemClock_HSE(uint32_t HSEFrequency, uint32_t HSEBypass,
|
||||
LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef *UTILS_PLLInitStruct, LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef *UTILS_ClkInitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
|
||||
uint32_t pllfreq = 0U;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY(HSEFrequency));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_HSE_BYPASS(HSEBypass));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if one of the PLL is enabled */
|
||||
if (UTILS_PLL_IsBusy() == SUCCESS)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PREDIV_VALUE(UTILS_PLLInitStruct->Prediv));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Calculate the new PLL output frequency */
|
||||
pllfreq = UTILS_GetPLLOutputFrequency(HSEFrequency, UTILS_PLLInitStruct);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable HSE if not enabled */
|
||||
if (LL_RCC_HSE_IsReady() != 1U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check if need to enable HSE bypass feature or not */
|
||||
if (HSEBypass == LL_UTILS_HSEBYPASS_ON)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LL_RCC_HSE_EnableBypass();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
LL_RCC_HSE_DisableBypass();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable HSE */
|
||||
LL_RCC_HSE_Enable();
|
||||
while (LL_RCC_HSE_IsReady() != 1U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Wait for HSE ready */
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure PLL */
|
||||
LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_SYS((RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC | UTILS_PLLInitStruct->Prediv), UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLMul);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable PLL and switch system clock to PLL */
|
||||
status = UTILS_EnablePLLAndSwitchSystem(pllfreq, UTILS_ClkInitStruct);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Current PLL configuration cannot be modified */
|
||||
status = ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_Private_Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Update number of Flash wait states in line with new frequency and current
|
||||
voltage range.
|
||||
* @param Frequency SYSCLK frequency
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: Latency has been modified
|
||||
* - ERROR: Latency cannot be modified
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined(FLASH_ACR_LATENCY)
|
||||
static ErrorStatus UTILS_SetFlashLatency(uint32_t Frequency)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t latency = LL_FLASH_LATENCY_0; /* default value 0WS */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Frequency cannot be equal to 0 */
|
||||
if (Frequency == 0U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (Frequency > UTILS_LATENCY2_FREQ)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* 48 < SYSCLK <= 72 => 2WS (3 CPU cycles) */
|
||||
latency = LL_FLASH_LATENCY_2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (Frequency > UTILS_LATENCY1_FREQ)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* 24 < SYSCLK <= 48 => 1WS (2 CPU cycles) */
|
||||
latency = LL_FLASH_LATENCY_1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* else SYSCLK < 24MHz default LL_FLASH_LATENCY_0 0WS */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
LL_FLASH_SetLatency(latency);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check that the new number of wait states is taken into account to access the Flash
|
||||
memory by reading the FLASH_ACR register */
|
||||
if (LL_FLASH_GetLatency() != latency)
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* FLASH_ACR_LATENCY */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Function to check that PLL can be modified
|
||||
* @param PLL_InputFrequency PLL input frequency (in Hz)
|
||||
* @param UTILS_PLLInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the PLL.
|
||||
* @retval PLL output frequency (in Hz)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static uint32_t UTILS_GetPLLOutputFrequency(uint32_t PLL_InputFrequency, LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef *UTILS_PLLInitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t pllfreq = 0U;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PLLMUL_VALUE(UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLMul));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check different PLL parameters according to RM */
|
||||
#if defined (RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1)
|
||||
pllfreq = __LL_RCC_CALC_PLLCLK_FREQ(PLL_InputFrequency / (UTILS_PLLInitStruct->Prediv + 1U), UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLMul);
|
||||
#elif defined(RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC)
|
||||
pllfreq = __LL_RCC_CALC_PLLCLK_FREQ(PLL_InputFrequency, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLMul, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLDiv);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
pllfreq = __LL_RCC_CALC_PLLCLK_FREQ(PLL_InputFrequency / ((UTILS_PLLInitStruct->Prediv >> RCC_CFGR_PLLXTPRE_Pos) + 1U), UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLMul);
|
||||
#endif /*RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC*/
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PLL_FREQUENCY(pllfreq));
|
||||
|
||||
return pllfreq;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Function to check that PLL can be modified
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: PLL modification can be done
|
||||
* - ERROR: PLL is busy
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static ErrorStatus UTILS_PLL_IsBusy(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if PLL is busy*/
|
||||
if (LL_RCC_PLL_IsReady() != 0U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* PLL configuration cannot be modified */
|
||||
status = ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#if defined(RCC_PLL2_SUPPORT)
|
||||
/* Check if PLL2 is busy*/
|
||||
if (LL_RCC_PLL2_IsReady() != 0U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* PLL2 configuration cannot be modified */
|
||||
status = ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* RCC_PLL2_SUPPORT */
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(RCC_PLLI2S_SUPPORT)
|
||||
/* Check if PLLI2S is busy*/
|
||||
if (LL_RCC_PLLI2S_IsReady() != 0U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* PLLI2S configuration cannot be modified */
|
||||
status = ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* RCC_PLLI2S_SUPPORT */
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Function to enable PLL and switch system clock to PLL
|
||||
* @param SYSCLK_Frequency SYSCLK frequency
|
||||
* @param UTILS_ClkInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the BUS prescalers.
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: No problem to switch system to PLL
|
||||
* - ERROR: Problem to switch system to PLL
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static ErrorStatus UTILS_EnablePLLAndSwitchSystem(uint32_t SYSCLK_Frequency, LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef *UTILS_ClkInitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
|
||||
#if defined(FLASH_ACR_LATENCY)
|
||||
uint32_t sysclk_frequency_current = 0U;
|
||||
#endif /* FLASH_ACR_LATENCY */
|
||||
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_SYSCLK_DIV(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_APB1_DIV(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_APB2_DIV(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->APB2CLKDivider));
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(FLASH_ACR_LATENCY)
|
||||
/* Calculate current SYSCLK frequency */
|
||||
sysclk_frequency_current = (SystemCoreClock << AHBPrescTable[LL_RCC_GetAHBPrescaler() >> RCC_CFGR_HPRE_Pos]);
|
||||
#endif /* FLASH_ACR_LATENCY */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Increasing the number of wait states because of higher CPU frequency */
|
||||
#if defined (FLASH_ACR_LATENCY)
|
||||
if (sysclk_frequency_current < SYSCLK_Frequency)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set FLASH latency to highest latency */
|
||||
status = UTILS_SetFlashLatency(SYSCLK_Frequency);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* FLASH_ACR_LATENCY */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update system clock configuration */
|
||||
if (status == SUCCESS)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if defined(RCC_PLL2_SUPPORT)
|
||||
/* Enable PLL2 */
|
||||
LL_RCC_PLL2_Enable();
|
||||
while (LL_RCC_PLL2_IsReady() != 1U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Wait for PLL2 ready */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* RCC_PLL2_SUPPORT */
|
||||
/* Enable PLL */
|
||||
LL_RCC_PLL_Enable();
|
||||
while (LL_RCC_PLL_IsReady() != 1U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Wait for PLL ready */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sysclk activation on the main PLL */
|
||||
LL_RCC_SetAHBPrescaler(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider);
|
||||
LL_RCC_SetSysClkSource(LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_PLL);
|
||||
while (LL_RCC_GetSysClkSource() != LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Wait for system clock switch to PLL */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set APB1 & APB2 prescaler*/
|
||||
LL_RCC_SetAPB1Prescaler(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider);
|
||||
LL_RCC_SetAPB2Prescaler(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->APB2CLKDivider);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decreasing the number of wait states because of lower CPU frequency */
|
||||
#if defined (FLASH_ACR_LATENCY)
|
||||
if (sysclk_frequency_current > SYSCLK_Frequency)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set FLASH latency to lowest latency */
|
||||
status = UTILS_SetFlashLatency(SYSCLK_Frequency);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* FLASH_ACR_LATENCY */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update SystemCoreClock variable */
|
||||
if (status == SUCCESS)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LL_SetSystemCoreClock(__LL_RCC_CALC_HCLK_FREQ(SYSCLK_Frequency, UTILS_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
Loading…
Add table
Add a link
Reference in a new issue